Revision Booklet Math
Revision Booklet Math
b 2 3a 2 4ab 2b2 is equal to :
10.
Let A 2, 4 , B x ; x 2 ax 4 0 . If B A, then the range of real a is :
4 x 2 15 x 17 5 x 2 16 x 18
11. The sum of all real x such that, is :
x 2 4 x 12 2 x 2 5 x 13
11 20 23
(A) 0 (B) (C) (D)
3 3 3
Then :
13. a=
(A) 3 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 4
14. b=
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 1 (D) 0
15. c=
(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) 1 (D) 2
Consider the equation x 4 k 1 x 2 2 k 0 . The complete set of possible values of real k for which the equation
has:
21. If all roots of the polynomials 6 x 2 24 x 4a and x3 ax 2 bx 8 are non-negative real numbers, then:
(A) a 6 (B) a2 (C) b 10 (D) b 12
22. Let P x x 4 ax3 bx 2 cx 1 and Q x x 4 cx 3 bx 2 ax 1 with a, b, c R and a c. If P x 0 and
Q x 0 have two common roots then :
(A) b 2 (B) b2 (C) ac0 (D) a 2c 0
23. All the roots of x3 ax 2 bx c are positive integers greater than 2 and the coefficient satisfy a b c 46 :
(A) a 14 (B) a 14
(C) Number of distinct roots of the equation=3 (D) Number of distinct roots of the equation=2
is(are) :
1 1
(A) if b 0, 2 (B) if b 0, 4
3b 2 4b 4 3b 2
1 1
(C) if b 2 (D) 2 if b 2
8b 16 3b2 3b
29. Given that a, b, c are positive distinct real numbers such that quadratic expressions ax 2 bx c, bx 2 cx a and
2 a2 b2 c2
cx ax b are always non-negative. Then the expression can never lie in :
ab bc ca
(A) , 2 (B) , 1 (C) (2, 4) (D) 4,
30. The equation 8 x 4 16 x3 16 x 2 8 x a 0 , a R has :
(A) Atleast two real roots a R
(B) Atleast two imaginary roots a R
3
(C) The sum of all non-real roots equal to 2, if a
2
3
(D) The sum of all non-real roots equal to 1, if a
2
equation a 2 x 2 b 2 a 2 c 2 x b 2 0 are
(B) If a, b, c are unequal positive numbers and b is A.M. of a and c, (q) both positive
then the roots of the equation ax 2 2bx c 0 are
(C) If a R , then roots of the equation x 2 a 1 x a 2 4 0 are (r) both negative
(D) If a, b, c are unequal positive numbers and b is H.M. of a and c, (s) real and distinct
2
then the roots of the equation ax 2bx c 0 are
(t) imaginary
(C) (r) 57
2
4 2 4 2 4 is equal to
(t) 129
8 9 10 k 1
33. The solution of the equation is of the form , k N then k = ___________1. ([x] denotes largest
x x x k
34. The value of ‘a’ so that the equation x3 6 x 2 11x a 6 0 has exactly three integer solutions is _______.
35.
Remainder when P x5 is divided by P x x 4 x 3 x 2 x 1 is ________.
39. Given that m is a real number not less than –1, such that equation x 2 2 m 2 x m 2 3m 3 0 has two distinct
1 mx12 mx22
real roots x1 and x2 . Find the maximum value of .
2 1 x1 1 x2
40. Let p be an integer such that both roots of the equation 5 x 2 5 px 66 p 1 0 are positive integers. Then the
p
value of is equal to ([.] denotes greatest integer function)
10
Each of the following Question has 4 choices A, B, C & D, out of which ONLY ONE Choice is Correct.
1. Two rays are drawn through a point A at an angle of 30 . A point B is taken on one of them at a distance a from the
point A. A perpendicular is drawn from the point B to the other ray and another perpendicular is drawn from its foot
to AB to meet AB at another point from where the similar process is repeated indefinitely. The length of the
resulting infinite polygon line is :
(A)
a 2 3 (B)
a 2 3 (C) a (D) None of these
A B C
2. The least value of sin 2 sin2 sin2 is : (Where A, B, C are interior angles of a triangle)
2 2 2
(A) 3/2 (B) 3/4 (C) 1 (D) None of these
3. If A, B, C, D are the smallest positive angles in ascending order of magnitude which have their sines equal to the
A B C D
positive quantity k, then the value of 4 sin 3 sin 2 sin sin is equal to :
2 2 2 2
(A) 2 1 k (B) 1 k (C) 2 k (D) None of these
2 4
4. If x sin y sin
3
z sin
3
, then
xy
(A) 1/2 (B) 1 2 (C) 0 (D) None of these
5. If u a 2 cos 2 b2 sin2 a 2 sin 2 b 2 cos 2 , then the difference between maximum and minimum values
of u 2 is given by :
(A) a b 2 (B) a b 2 (C) a 2 b2 (D) None of these
6. The number of pairs x, y satisfying the equations sin x sin y sin x y and x y 1 is :
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) None of these
1 1 1
7. The value of cot 1 22 cot 1 23 2 cot 1 24 3 . . . is :
2 2 2
1 1
(A) tan1 (B) tan1 (C) 1 (D) None of these
3 2
sin BAD
8. In a ABC , B and C , also D divides BC internally in the ratio 1 : 3, then is equal to :
3 4 sin CAD
1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these
6 3 3
Trigonometry 6 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
9. The two adjacent sides of a cyclic quadrilateral are 2, 5 and the angle between them is 60 . If the area of the
quadrilateral is 4 3 , then the remaining two sides are :
(A) 1, 2 (B) 2, 2 (C) 2, 3 (D) None of these
10. In a ABC, A B . Let A, B satisfy the equation 3 sin x 4 sin3 x k 0 , where 0 k 1 , then C
is equal to :
2
(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these
3 2 3
11. Points D, E are taken on the of ABC , such that BD = DE = EC and let
side BC
sin x y sin y z
BAD x, DAE y, EAC z ; then
sin x sin z
(A) 4 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) None of these
12. If P be any interior point of the equilateral ABC of side length 2 units and also xa , xb , xc be the distances of P
from the sides BC, CA, AB respectively, then xa xb xc
Trigonometry 7 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
x 1 1
23. The value of cos 1 x cos 1 3 3x 2 is equal to : x 1
2 2 2
(A) (B) (C) (D) 0
6 3
24. A quadrilateral ABCD in which AB = a, BC = b, CD = c and DA = d is such that one circle can be inscribed in it and
another circle can be circumscribed about it. cos A =
ad bc ad bc ac bd ac bd
(A) (B) (C) (D)
ad bc ad bc ac bd ac bd
25. If the equation a1 a2 cos 2 x a3 sin 2 x 1 is satisfied by every real value of x, then the number of possible values
of the triplet a1 , a2 , a3 is :
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 3 (D) Infinite
26. Let sides of a ABC are in A.P. and a min .b, c , then cos A is equal to :
1 1 1 1
(A) 4b 3c (B) 4c 3b (C) 4b 3c (D) 4c 3b
2c 2c 2b 2b
27. If points D, E and F divide sides BC, CA and AB respectively in ratio :1 (in order) and or ar DEF 0.4
ar ABC , then is equal to :
2 3 3 5 2 3 3 5
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 2 2 2
C
28. If in a right angled triangle the greatest side is a, then tan
2
ab ab ac ab
(A) (B) (C) (D)
c c b b
Trigonometry 8 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
3 3
(A) Minimum value of f x (B) Minimum value of f x
8 32
3 7 3
(C) Maximum value of f x (D) Maximum value of f x
8 8
31. If f x sec 1 1 cos 2 x , where [.] denotes the greatest integer function, then :
(A) The domain of f is R (B) The domain of f is [1, 2]
(C) The range of f is [1. 2] (D)
The range of f is sec 1 1, sec 1 2
32. If sin x 2 2 x b 2 for all real values of x 1 and 0, , , then b can be equal to :
2 2
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
3 2 4 2
33. If sin sin and cos cos , then :
5 5
12 24 5 7
(A) sin (B) sin (C) cos (D) cos
13 25 13 25
34. If in a triangle ABC, atleast one of the following points, orthocenter, centroid, incentre and circumcentre lie outside
the triangle, then :
(A) Triangle is obtuse angled
(B) Exactly 2 of these centres will lie outside the triangle
(C) Incentre may be collinear with other three centres
(D) Atleast one of the ex-radii is smaller than the inradius of the triangle
35. The value of lying between 0 and and satisfying the equation :
2
1 cos 2 sin2 4 sin 4
2 2
cos 1 sin 4 sin 4 0 is :
cos 2 sin2 1 4 sin 4
11 7 5
(A) (B) (C) (D)
24 24 24 24
1 4
36.
If x sin 2 tan 1 2 and y sin tan1 , then which of the following options is(are) correct ?
2 3
y
(A) x y2 (B) y2 1 x (C) x2 (D) x y
2
Trigonometry 9 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
2
37. The equation 1 tan 1 tan sec 2 2tan 0 has :
(A) No solution in the interval ,0 (B) Two solutions in the interval ,0
2 2
(C) No solution in the interval 0, (D) Two solutions in the interval 0,
2 2
sin x cos x
44. The value of is equal to :
sin 3 x
(A) cosec2 x(1 cot x) (B) 1 cot x cot 2 x cot 3 x
1 cot x
(C) cosec2 x cot x cot 3 x (D)
sin 2 x
Trigonometry 10 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
48. The equation sin 4 x cos 4 x sin 2 x k 0 must have real solutions if:
1 3 1 1 3
(A) k 0 (B) | k | (C) k (D) k
2 2 2 2 2
3 5 7
49. Let f () cos cos cos cos cos cos cos cos then:
8 8 8 8
1 1
(A) maximum value of f () R is (B) maximum value of f () R is
4 8
1
(C) f (0) (D) Number of principle solutions of f () 0 is 8
8
50. If r1 , r2 , r3 are radii of the escribed circles of a triangle ABC and r is the radius of its incircle, then the root(s) of
the equation x 2 r (r1r2 r2 r3 r3r1 ) x (r1r2 r3 1) 0 is/are:
(A) r1 (B) r2 r3 (C) 1 (D) r1r2 r3 1
5 A 5 B 5 C
51. Let A, B, C be angles of a triangle ABC and let D ,E ,F , then: (where
32 32 32
n
D, E , F , n I , I denote set of integers)
2
(A) cot D cot E cot E cot F cot D cot F 1 (B) cot D cot E cot F cot D cot E cot F
(C) tan D tan E tan E tan F tan F tan D 1 (D) tan D tan E tan F tan D tan E tan F
r r2
52. In a ABC if , then which of the following is/are true? (where symbols used have usual meanings)
r1 r3
(A) a 2 b 2 c2 8R 2 (B) sin 2 A sin 2 B sin 2 C 2
(C) a2 b2 c2 (D) s ( s c)
53. ABC is a triangle whose circumcentre, incentre and orthocentre are O, I and H respectively which lie inside the
triangle, then :
A A
(A) BOC A (B) BIC (C) BHC A (D) BHC
2 2 2
54. In a triangle ABC , tan A and tan B satisfy the inequality 3x2 4 x 3 0, then which of the following must be
correct?
(where symbols used have usual meanings)
(A) a 2 b 2 ab c 2 (B) a2 b2 c2
(C) a 2 b 2 ab c 2 (D) a 2 b 2 c2
55. f ( x) sin 1 (sin x ), g ( x ) cos 1 (cos x), then:
3
(A) f ( x ) g ( x) if x 0, (B) f ( x ) g ( x ) if x ,
4 2 4
5 5
(C) f ( x ) g ( x ) if x , (D) f ( x ) g ( x) if x ,
4 4
Trigonometry 11 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
17
58. Consider the equation sin 1 x 2 6 x cos 1 k , then:
2 2
(A) the largest value of k for which equation has 2 distinct solution is 1
1
(B) the equation must have real root if k , 1
2
1
(C) the equation must have real root if k 1,
2
1
(D) the equation has unique solution if k
2
3
59. The value of x satisfying the equation (sin 1 x )3 (cos 1 x)3 (sin 1 x )(cos 1 x)(sin 1 x cos 1 x ) cannot be
16
equal to:
(A) cos (B) cos (C) cos (D) cos
5 4 8 12
62. The total number of solutions of tan x cot x ; where {x} denotes the fractional part of x in
0, 2 is _________.
y 3
63. Consider the equation tan1 x cos 1 sin1 . Let = sum of positive integral solutions of x and
1 y2 10
= sum of positive integral solutions of y. Then __________.
Trigonometry 12 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
1 x2
65. The number of solutions of sin 1 sec x 1 is _________.
2x 2
66. If the square of the diameter of a circle circumscribing a ABC is equal to half the sum of the squares of its sides
then sin 2 A is ________.
1
67. If tan 142 2 2 , then = __________.
2
2
sin sin x 3
2 3
68. If tan x where 0 x , and the values of x are x1 and x2 , then the value of
3 cos 2 2
cos x
3
12
x2 x1 is ___________.
31
69. If in a ABC , a 5, b 4 and cos A B , then the third side c is equal to __________.
32
S
70. If 10sin 4 15cos 4 6 and the value of 9cosec 4 8sec 4 is S, then find the value of .
25
71. Given that for a, b, c, d R, if a sec(200) c tan(200) d and b sec(200) d tan(200) c, then find the value
a 2 b2 c2 d 2
of sin 20.
bd ac
n tan 2r 1 n
72. If
cos 2 r
tan p tan q, then find the value of ( p q).
r 1
2x 2x
73. If x satisfy the equation 3sin 2 x 2cos 31sin 2 x 2sin 28, then (sin 2 cos 2) 2 8sin 4 is equal to:
2 4 6 7 l
74. If the value of cos cos cos cos . Find the value of l.
7 7 7 7 2
75. If x sin y 2014 and x 2014 cos y 2013, 0 y , then find the value of [ x y ] 2005 (where [.] denotes
2
greatest integer function)
2sin 6 x
76. The complete set of values of x satisfying 0 and sec 2 x 2 2 tan x 0 in 0, is [a, b) (c, d ],
sin x 1 2
cd
then find the value of .
ab
77. The range of value’s of k for which the equation 2cos 4 x sin 4 x k 0 has atleast one solution is [, ]. Find the
value of (9 ).
Trigonometry 13 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
79. If the sum of all values of , 0 2 satisfying the equation (8cos 4 3)(cot tan 2)(cot tan 2) 12
is k, then k is equal to:
80. In a ABC; inscribed circle with centre I touches sides AB, AC and BC at D, E , F respectively. Let area of
quadrilateral ADIE is 5 square units and area of quadrilateral BFID is 10 square units. Find the value of
C
cos
2 .
A B
sin
2
81. If be area of incircle of a triangle ABC and 1 , 2 , 3 be the area of excircles then find the least value of
1 2 3
.
729 3
82. In an acute angled triangle ABC , A 20, let DEF be the feet of altitudes through A, B, C respectively and H is
AH BH CH
the orthocentre of ABC. Find .
AD BE CF
83. Let ABC be inscribed in a circle having radius unity. The three internal bisectors of the angles A, B and C are
extended to intersect the circumcircle of ABC at A1 , B1 and C1 respectively. find
A B C
AA1 cos BB1 cos CC1 cos
2 2 2
sin A sin B sin C
84. In ABC , if circumradius `R and inradius `r are connected by relation R2 4 Rr 8r 2 12r 9 0, then the
greatest integer which is less than the semiperimeter of ABC is:
85. The complete set of values of x satisfying the inequality sin 1 (sin 5) x 2 4 x is (2 2 , 2 2 ), then
86. In ABC ; if ( II1 ) 2 ( I 2 I3 )2 R 2 , where I denotes incentre; I1 , I 2 and I3 denote centres of the circles escribed
to the sides BC , CA and AB respectively and R be the radius of the circum circle of ABC. Find .
1 3 63
87. If 2 tan 1 sin 1 cos 1 , then
5 5
n2 n 4
88. If 2cot 1 2
k , then find the value of k.
n 0
89. Find number of solutions of the equation sin 1 (| log 62 (cos x ) 1|) cos 1 (| 3log 62 (cos x) 7 |) , if x [0, 4 ].
2
Trigonometry 14 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
2. If the m 1th , n 1th and r 1 th terms of an A.P. are n G.P. and m, n, r are in H.P., then the ratio of the
common difference to the first term in the A.P. is equal to :
2 1 1 2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
n n n n
99
3. r ! r 2 r 1 is equal to:
r 1
(A) 102! 100! (B) 100 100! 1 (C) 99 100! 1 (D) 100 99! 1
1
n k2
2 is equal to:
4. The sum 4 1
k 1k
4
2n2 2n 1 2n 2 n n2 2n 2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2n2 2n 1 2n2 2n 1 2n2 2n 1 2n2 2n 1
4 1 4 1 4 1
1 3 .... 2n 1
4 4 4
5. The value of is equal to:
4 1 4 1 4 1
2 4 .... 2n
4 4 4
1 1 1 n
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2
4n 2n 1 2
8n 4 n 1 2
4 2n n 1 2
8n 4n 1
n
1
6. The sum k 1 k k k 1
is equal to:
k 1
n 1 2 n 1 1 n 1 1 n 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
n 1 n 1 n 1 n n 1
7. Let Sn , S2 n , S3n are respectively the sums of first n, 2n, 3n terms of an arithmetic progression, then S3n
3
(A) 2 S2n Sn (B) S2n Sn (C) 3 S2n Sn (D) 6 S2n Sn
2
19 1 28 1 39 1 52 1
8. The sum ... upto infinite terms is equal to:
1 2 3 4 2 3 4 8 3 4 5 16 4 5 6 32
1
(A) (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 4
2
22 32 42 52 62
9. The sum of infinite series 12 .... is equal to:
5 52 53 54 52
5 25 25 25
(A) (B) (C) (D)
27 27 108 54
n n 1 n2
10. ... upto n terms is equal to:
1 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 5
1 n 1 1 1 n 1 1
(A) (B)
2 n 2 4 2 2 n 2 4 2
1 n 1 1 1 n 1 1
(C) (D)
n2 4 2 2 n 2 2 2
For Questions 11 - 13
n
1 1 1 1
If r 1 ... and
2 3 4 r 2r 1 r P n n 1 Q n , where P n and Q n are polynomial function of
r 1
‘n’, then
10
11. P r is equal to:
r 0
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 6 15 18
x y z x y z
x2 y2 z2 x y z
24. Let x, y , z are distinct positive integers and m ,n xx y y zz , P , then:
x y z 3
(A) mn (B) n p (C) mn (D) n p
1 2 4 2n
25. Let f x lim 2 4 ... n for x 1 , then:
n x 1 x 1 x 1 2
x 1
6 6
1 1 1 1
(A) f r
20 (B) f 5
6
(C) f 5
4
(D) f r
15
r 2 r 2
1 1 1 1
26. For a positive integer ‘n’, let S n 1 ... n . Then:
2 3 4 2 1
(A) S 200 100 (B) S 200 100 (C) S 100 100 (D) S 100 100
27. Let a1 , a2 , a3 ,....an be first ‘n’ terms of a G.P. with first term ‘a’ and common ratio ‘r’. Then:
(A)
1
1
...
1 r
1
2n
a12 a22 2 2 2 2 2 2
a a
2 a a
3 a r n 1 1 r
n 2 2n 4
(B)
1
1
...
1
1 r 2n 2
a12 a22 2 2 2 2 2 2
a a
2 a a
3 a r n 1 1 r
n 2 2n 4
(C)
1
1
..
1
r mn m
1
a1m a2m a 1 r r
m m m m m m mn m
a a 2 a a
3 n 1 n r mn 2 m
(D)
1
...
1
r mn m
1
a1m a2m a 1 r r
m m m m m m mn m
a a 2 a a
3 n 1 n r mn 2 m
28. Let the equation x3 px 2 qx q 0, where p, q R, q 0 has 3 real roots , , in H.P., then:
1 1 1 1
(A) 2
2
2
(B) 9 p 2q 27 0
3
1 1 1 1 p 1
(C) Maximum value of is (D)
3 q 3
n 1
k
29. The sum 2n k is equal to
n 1k 1
k k
(A) 2k (B) 4k
k 1 k 1
m
1 4
(C)
m n
(D)
27
m 1 2 n m 1 2
17 17
(A) S26 (B) S26 (C) S999 50 (D) S999 50
4 4
1 1 1 1
34. Let S , then
1 3 5 7 9 11 9997 9999
(A) S 24 (B) S 24 (C) S 18 (D) S 18
x2
35.
Define f n x 1 x 1 2 x 1 4 x ... 1 2 n x an,0 an,1x an,2 ... an,n x 2 , where n is a positive integer, then
(A) a100,2
2 100
1 2102 4 (B) a100,2
2 101
1 2101 2
3 3
201 101 200
(C) a100,2 a99,2 2 2 (D) a100,2 a99,2 2 2100
36. Let a, b, c be positive integers such that a b c n, then
1/ n a 2 b2 c2 1/ n ab bc ca
(A) a b c
a b c
n
(B) a b c
b c a
n
1/ n a 2 b2 c2 1/ n 1/ n 1/ n
(C) a bbc c a
n
(D) a b c
a b c
abb c c a
a cb a c b n
37. Let S 20162 20152 20142 20132 20122 20112 20102 20092 20082 20072 20062
20052 ...62 52 42 32 22 12 , then S is divisible by
(A) 8 (B) 27 (C) 112 (D) 2017
1 2x 3x2 nx n 1
38. Let f x ... then:
x 1 x 1 x 2 x 1 x 2 x 3 x 1 x 2 x 3 ... x n
x xn xn
(A) f x (B) 1
1 x x 1 x 2 ... x n x 1 x 2 ... x n
xn n r
(C) f ' x
x 1 x 2 ... x n
r 1 x r
x n 1 n r
(D) f ' x
x 1 x 2 .. x n
r 1 x r
a b2 c2 b c 2 a 2 c a 2 b2 is equal to
abc
(C) 2 x2 2 y2 2z2 (R) 3
If x y z 1, x, y , z 0, then the minimum value of is equal
yz zx x y
to
(D) 1 1 1 (S) 4
If 3 where x, y , z N , then x y z is equal to
xy yz zx
(T) 6
40.
Column –I Column –II
(A) 3 2
Let a, b, c are positive real numbers such that a b c 12, then the minimum value (P) 1
of 49a 3b c is equal to
(B) 3 (Q) 5
The minimum value of 2x 3 for x 0 is equal to
x2
(C) (R) 7
The maximum value of
x5 8 x3 for 0 x 2 is equal to
3
25
(D) 7 5
If x y a and 7 x 5 y 12x, y 0, then the minimum value of ‘a’ is equal to (S) 15
(T) 42
43. The value of expression 1 2 3 ... 1002 , (where[.] denotes greatest integer function) is equal to___.
1 m
44. If the value of 3i 3 j 3k i j k is equal to n
, where m, n are coprime natural numbers, then m n is
i 0 j 0k 0
equal to_____.
45. Integers 1, 2, 3,…, n where n 2 are written on a board. Two numbers m, k such that 1 m n,1 k n are removed
and the average of the remaining numbers is found to be 17. What is the maximum sum of the two removed numbers ?
46. Let the equation x 4 16 x 3 px 2 256 x q 0 has four positive real roots in G.P., then p q is equal to
47. Let x1 , x2 , x3 ,..., x2018 be real numbers different from 1, such that x1 x2 ,,, x2018 1 and
x1 x x x12 x22 2
x2018
2 ... 1 2018
x
1 then the value of ... is equal to_____.
1 x1 1 x2 2018
1 x1 1 x2 1 x2018
48. Let x1 , x2 ,...., x2018 be positive real numbers such that x1 x2 ... x2018 1 . Determine the smallest constant k such
2018
xi2
that k 1 xi
1
i 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
49. Let x, y , z are positive real numbers satisfy 2 x 2 y , 2 y 2z , 2z 2 x then
z 2018 x 2018 y 2018
x y z is equal to_____.
50. Let a, b, c be positive real number such that a b c 4, then find the minimum value of
a3 b3 c3
.
a b a c b c b a c a c b
1. If z1, z2, z3 be three complex numbers such that z1 1 1, z2 2 2 and z3 4 4 , then the maximum
value of z1 z2 z3 is :
(A) 7 (B) 10 (C) 12 (D) 14
2.
2 3
4 1
The value of ilog x i i i log x i i 2tan x , (where, x > 0 and i 1 ) , is :
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
3π
3. The complex number satisfying arg (z + i) = and arg 2z 32i simultaneously, is :
4 4
1 3 1 3 1 3
(A) i (B) i (C) i (D) None of these
4 4 4 4 4 4
4. Equation of tangent drawn to the circle |z| = r at the point A (z0), is :
z z z z
(A) Re 1 (B) Re 0 1 (C) Im 1 (D) Im 0 1
z0 z z0 z
5. Consider a square OABC in the Argand plane, where ‘O’ is origin and A A z0 . Then the equation
of the circle that can be inscribed in this square is : (vertices of square are given in anti-clockwise order)
z 1 i
(A) z z0 1 i z0 (B) 2 z 0 z0
2
z0 1 i
(C) z z0 (D) None of the above
2
z z1
6. If 3 , where z1 and z2 are fixed complex numbers and z is a variable complex number, then z
z z2
lies on a :
(A) Circle with z1 as its interior point (B) Circle with z2 as its interior point
(C) Circle with z1 and z2 as its interior points (D) Circle with z1 and z2 as its exterior points
7. Let z1 and z2 be the non-real roots of the equation 3z2 + 3z + b =0. If the origin together with the points
represented by z1 and z2 form an equilateral triangle, then the value of b is :
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) None of the above
2 2 2 2
8. The equation 1 a x 2a x a b 1 0 has roots of opposite sign, if a + ib lies, (a 1) :
(A) On straight line x + y = 1
(B) Inside a circle of centre (0, 0) and radius ‘1’
(C) On a parabola of vertex (0, 0) and focal length ‘1’
(D) None of the above
z1 z3 z 2
19. If z 2 and , then z1, z2, z3 will be vertices of a/an :
z 2 z3 z 2
(A) equilateral triangle (B) acute angled triangle
(C) right angled triangle (D) None of the above
20. For the complex number z, the minimum value of z z cos isin is :
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) None of the above
Paragraph for Questions 21 - 23
4 3 2
Let f ( x) x 6 x 26 x 46 x 65. All the roots of f ( x ) 0 are of the form ak ibk for k 1, 2, 3, 4,
where i 1. Further ak and bk are all integers. Also b1 b2 b3 b4 and a1 a2 a3 a4 . If
set S is formed whose elements are all ai ' s and bi ' s, then :
21. The value of is equal to :
(A) 16 (B) 4 (C) 10 (D) 6.
22. Roots of the equation are :
(A) 1 2 i, 2 3 i (B) 2 2 i , 1 3 i (C) 2 2 i, 1 3 i (D) 1 2 i, 2 3 i .
23. Number of functions from set S C , where C has 8 distinct element is :
(A) 84 (B) 88 (C) 85 (D) 86 .
αiα j , is :
5
25. 1, 2 , 3 ,....100 are all the 100th roots of unity. The numerical value of
1i j100
100
(A) 20 (B) 0 (C) (20) 1/20
(D) αi
i1
26. If A and B respresent complex numbers z1 and z2 . P( z) is any complex number satisfying
z1 z2
z k , (k 0) , then:
2
1
(A) Maximum area of (PAB ) k | z1 z 2 |
2
(B) There are two possible positions of P on argand plane when area of PAB is maximum
1
(C) Area of PAB = constant k | z1 z2 | , for 4 possible positions of P.
2
(D) PAB is equilateral triangle of maximum area if 4k 2 3 | z1 z2 |2
3
4 , when z z 2
27. Locus of z, if arg[z – (1+i)] = , is :
, when z z 2
4
(A) a pair of straight lines passing through (2, 0)
(B) a pair of straight lines passing through (2, 0), (1, 1)
(C) a line segment (D) a set of two rays
31. If z1 = a1 + ib1 and z2 = a2 + ib2 are complex numbers such that z1 1, z2 2 and Re z1z2 0 , then
ia 2
the pair of complex numbers 1 a1 and 2 2b1 ib 2 satisfy :
2
(A) 1 1 (B) ω2 2 (C) Reω1ω2 0 (D) Imω1ω2 0
32. If from a point P representing the complex number z1 on the curve |z| = 2, pair of tangents are drawn to
the curve |z| =1, meeting at point Q(z2) and R(z3), then :
z z z
(A) complex number 1 2 3 will lie on the curve |z| = 1
3
4 1 1 4 1 1
(B) 9
z1 z2 z3 z1 z2 z3
z 2
(C) arg 2
z3 3
(D) orthocentre and circumcentre of PQR will coincide
z 3 3 π
34. If z is a complex number such that arg , then the locus of z is :
z 3 3 3
(A) |z – 3i| = 6 (B) |z – 3i| = 6, Im z> 0
(C) |z – 3i| = 6, Imz< 0 (D) Major arc of a circle
3 3
35. cos logi
Value of sin log ii i
is :
8
ei
2πk
(A) 1 (B) –1 (C) (D) 2i
k1
9
1
36. If x6 = (4 – 3i)5, then the product of all of its roots is : (where θ tan 3 / 4
(A) 55 cos π 5θ sin π 5θ (B) 55 cos5θ isin5θ
(C) 55 cos5θ isin5θ (D) 55 cos5θ isin 5θ
37. If |z – 1| + |z + 3| 8, then the possible values of |z – 4| belongs to :
(A) (–9, 0) (B) [–9, –1] (C) [1, 9] (D) [5, 9]
2
38. The possible values of parameter for which | z ( 7 11 i) | 1 and arg z is satisfied
2
for at least one z are :
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
5 2
39. If 1, 1, then log 3
1 2 3 is equal to :
1
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) min x , ( x 0)
x
3n1 2
2 2 2r
40. If cos
7
i sin
7
and
r 0
32 then n is :
6 2πk
e
8 i
(A) 8 (B) 4 (C) loge e (D) 4 7
k 1
41. The number of roots of the equation z15 = 1 satisfying |arg z| < π / 2 are :
97
ir
7
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D)
i r1
2 2
42. If z is a complex number satisfying z z 2 0, then the possible value(s) of z zsinθ . for all
values of θ, is(are) :
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 7
π π
43. If z n cos i sin for n = 1, 2, 3, …,k, then the value of lim z1z2 ....zk is :
n n 1n 2 n n 1n 2 k
2πk 2πk
98 98
99 99
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) ei (D) ei
k 1 k 0
44. Complex number whose real and imaginary parts x and y are integers and satisfy the equation
3 x2 | xy | 2 y 2 7 0
(A) do not exist (B) exist and have equal modulus
(C) form two conjugate pairs (D) do not form conjugate pairs
45. If all the three roots of az 3 bz 2 cz d 0 have negative real parts, ( a, b, c R ) then
(A) ab 0 (B) bc 0 (C) ad 0 (D) bc ad 0
46. If z1 , z2 and z3 are three complex numbers such that
| z1 | | z2 | | z3 | 1, then | z1 z2 |2 | z2 z3 |2 | z3 z1 |2 is strictly less than
(A) 6 (B) 9 (C) 12 (D) 18
47. If z1 a1 ib1 and z2 a2 ib2 are complex numbers such that | z1 | 1, | z2 | 2 and Re z1z2 0 then the pair
ia
of complex numbers w1 a1 2 and w2 2b1 ib2 satisfy
2
(A) | w1 | 1 (B) | w2 | 2 (C) Re w1w2 0 (D) Im w1w2 2
50.
If p(x), q(x), r(x) and s(x) are polynomials such that p x3 xq x3 x 2 r x3 1 x x 2 s x then
(A) p(1) = s(1) (B) p(1) = r(1) (C) p(1) = 3s(1) (D) p(1) = 2r(1)
51. If the roots of the equation z 4 z 3 36 15i z 2 mz 0 are the vertices of a square then m can be
equal to
(A) 35 45i (B) 35 45i (C) 35 45i (D) 35 45i
52. Complex numbers z1 , z2 , z3 and z4 correspond to the points A, B, C and D, respectively, on a circle |z| = 1. If
z1 z2 z3 z4 0 , Then ABCD is necessarily
(A) a triangle (B) a square (C) a rhombus (D) a parallelogram
53. Two triangles having vertices as z1 , z2 , z3 and a, b, c are similar. Then
z1 z2 z3
(A) az1 bz2 cz3 0 (B) 0
a b c
(C) z1 b c z2 c a z3 a b 0 (D) a z2 z3 b z3 z1 c z1 z2 0
54. If k R 0 , z is a complex number and k | k z 2 | | z 2 | then the value (s) of arg z is/are
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 2
55. Let z1 and z2 be two complex numbers represented by points on the circle | z1 | 1 and | z2 | 2 , respectively.
Then
(A) max | 2 z1 z2 | 4 (B) max | z1 z2 | 1
1
(C) z2 3 (D) None of these
z1
59. Let a, b, c be distinct complex numbers with |a| = |b| = |c| = 1 and z1 , z2 be the roots of the equation
az 2 bz c 0 with | z1 | 1 . Let P and Q represent the complex numbers z1 and z2 in the Argand plane with
POQ , 0 180 (where O being the origin). Then
2 2
(A) b 2 ac; (B) ; PQ 3
3 3
(C) PQ 2 3; b2 ac (D) ; b 2 ac
3
60. Let Z1 x1 iy1 , Z 2 x2 iy2 be complex numbers in fourth quadrant of argand plane and | Z1 | | Z 2 | 1 ,
Re Z1Z2 = 0. The complex number
Z 3 x1 ix2 , Z 4 y1 iy2 , Z5 x1 iy2 , Z 6 x2 iy1 , will always satisfy
(A) | Z 4 | 1 (B) arg Z1Z 4
2
Z5 Z6 2
(C)
cos arg Z1 sin arg Z1
is purely real (D)
Z 32 Z 6 is purely imaginary
z 3 ei
61. If the imaginary part of is zero, then z can lie on
e i z 3
(A) a circle with unit radius (B) a circle with radius 3 units
(C) a straight line through the point (3, 0) (D) a parabola with the vertex (3, 0)
6 z z
62. If z1 , z2 , z3 are any three roots of the equation z 6 z 1 then arg 1 3 can be equal to
z 2 z3
(A) 0 (B) (C) (D)
4 4
z3 z2
63. Let z1 , z2 , z3 are the vertices of ABC , respectively, such that is purely imaginary number. A square on
z1 z2
side AC is drawn outwardly. P z4 is the centre of square, then
z z z3 z2
(A) | z1 z2 | | z2 z4 | (B) arg 1 2 arg
z4 z2 z4 z2 2
z z z z
(C) arg 1 2 arg 3 2 0 (D) z1 , z2 , z3 and z4 lie on a circle.
z4 z2 z4 z2
Column 1 Column 2
(A) If k = 2 (p) Ellipse of eccentricity 2/3
(B) If k = 5 (q) No locus
(C) if 0 < k< 2 (r) Line segment
(D) If k = 3 (s) Ellipse of eccentricity 2/5
z 1 i
65. If arg Then locus of z is :
z 3 4i
Column 1 Column 2
(A) Line segment (p) If 2
3
(B) Line ray (q) If
(C) Major arc of a circle (r) If
3
(D) Minor arc of a circle (s) If 0
66. If an equilateral triangle ABC with vertices at z1, z2 and z3 be inscribed in the circle |z| = 2 and again a
circle is inscribed in the triangle ABC touching the sides AB, BC and CA at D(z4), E(z5) and F(z6)
respectively :
Column 1 Column 2
(A) Then value of Re ( z z z z z z ) is equal to (p) 2
1 2 2 3 3 1
4 z1 (q) – 6
(B) If is equal to a (1 i 3 ) , then a is
z3
(D) If P is any point on incircle the value of DP2 + EP2 + FP2 is (s) 6
(t) –2
2 64
67. The number of solution(s) of the equation z 2 z z 5
0 is ____________.
z
10 zz
68. If arg(z) < 0, then arg is equal to ____________.
π 2
69. Let w, w is complex cube root of unity and P(z) is point on a circle |z| = 4 such that |z – 1| is maximum
and centroid of triangle formed by z, – w, – w is then -7 Re() is____________.
3 2
75. If 8i z 12z 18z 27i 0, then 2 | z | is equal to ____________.
76. Given a, b, c are cube roots of q(q< 0), then for any value of x, y, z given by
a 2 x2 b 2 y 2 c2 z 2
2 2 2 2
b x c y a z 2 2
x12 2 y12 x2 y 2 z 2 2 0, (where [.] denotes the greatest integer
function, is cube root of unity, x1, y1 are positive integers and y1, is a prime number) then value of
[x2 + x1] + [y2 + y1] + [z2 + x12 + y12] – 10 is ____________.
2 3 4 z2
77. If 1 is a cube root of unity and z is a complex number such that |z| = 1 then = _____.
4 32 z 2 z
1
78. If z is a complex number such that z 2 then minimum value of | z | is____
z
85.
The value of 4 4 4 , if i, 0 is a root of z 5 1 , is____.
1
86. If zz 1 , then the value of 2 | 2 z |2 is ____.
z
| z z 1 |
87. If 1 2| z 2 | | z 2 1| 2 | z 1|2 , then the value of is ____.
2
2
88. Sum of all the solutions of z 2 | z | z is ____.
89. If the roots Z1 , Z 2 , Z3 of the equation Z 3 Z 2 mZ 1 = 0 lie on | Z | 1 and | Z1 3 Z2 3 Z3 3 | 10
then = ____.
3 3z 1
90. Given | 3z1 2 z2 4 |2 | 3z1 1|2 | 2 z2 3 |2 z2 If cube roots of w 1 are w1 , w2 , w3 ; where
2 2 z2 3
w22
(arg w1 arg w2 arg w3 ), then the value of is ____.
w1w3
91. Number of complex number z satisfying z 3 z is ____.
92. Let and be two complex numbers satisfying | 1 i | 1 and | 2 3i | 6 . Then the value of
6 | |max | |max is ____.
1
93. Let z be a complex number such that 2 z 1 and arg(z) = . Then minimum value of sin 2 is____.
z
94. Let AB and CD be parallel chords of the circle |z| = r. If z1 , z2 , z3 and z4 represent A, B, C and D, respectively,
75k
and z1 z2 kz3 z4 then equals ____.
4
95. The number of complex numbers which are conjugate of their own cube, is____.
96. If A z1 ; B z2 ; C z3 are the vertices of triangle such that
z2 iz1
z3 & | z1 | 3; | z2 | 4 & | z2 iz1 | | z1 | | z2 | then area of ABC is ___.
1 i
2. You are given an unlimited supply of each of the digits 1, 2, 3 or 4. Using only these four digits, you construct n
digit numbers. Such n digit numbers will be called LEGITIMATE if it contains the digit 1 either an even number
times or not at all. Number of n digit legitimate numbers are :
(A) 2n + 1 (B) 2n+1 + 2 (C) 2n+2 + 4 (D) 2n – 1(2n + 1)
3. It 5 letters are put in the 5 envelopes. Find the no. of ways so that atleast 2 letters are in wrong envelope:
(A) 120 (B) 119 (C) 118 (D) 117
5. There are counters available in 3 different colours (atleast four of each colour). Counters are all alike except for
the colour. If ‘m’ denotes the number of arrangements of four counters if no arrangement consists of counters of
same colour and ‘n’ denotes the corresponding figure when every arrangement consists of counters of each
colour, then :
(A) m=2n (B) 6 m = 13 n (C) 3m=5n (D) 5m=3n
6. An ice cream parlour has ice creams in eight different varieties. Number of ways of choosing 3 ice creams taking
atleast two ice creams of the same variety, is :
(Assume that ice creams of the same variety to be identical & available in unlimited supply)
(A) 56 (B) 64 (C) 100 (D) None of these
7. Three digit numbers in which the middle one is a perfect square are formed using the digits 1 to 9. Their sum is :
(A) 134055 (B) 270540 (C) 170055 (D) None of these
8. A guardian with 6 wards wishes everyone of them to study either Law or Medicine or Engineering, Number of
ways in which he can make up his mind with regard to the education of his wards if every one of them be fit for
any of the branches to study, and atleast one child is to be sent in each discipline is:
(A) 120 (B) 216 (C) 729 (D) 540
10. The number 916238457 is an example of nine digit number which contains each of the digit 1 to 9 exactly once.
It also has the property that the digits 1 to 5 occur in their natural order, while the digits 1 to 6 do not. Number of
such numbers are :
(A) 2268 (B) 2520 (C) 2975 (D) 1560
11. Number of functions defined from f :{1, 2,3, 4,5,6} {7,8,9,10} such that the sum
f (1) f (2) f (3) f (4) f (5) f (6) is odd, is :
(A) 210 (B) 211 (C) 212 (D) 212 – 1
13. From 4 men and 6 ladies a committee of 5 is to be selected. The number of ways in which the committee can be
formed so that men are in majority, is :
(A) 66 (B) 156 (C) 60 (D) None of these
14. Six persons A, B, C, D, E and F are to be seated at a circular table. The number of ways this can be done if A
must have either B or C on his right and B must have either C or D on his right is :
(A) 36 (B) 12 (C) 24 (D) 18
15. The total number of integral solution for x, y, z such that xyz = 24 is :
(A) 30 (B) 60 (C) 90 (D) 120
16. How many five digit numbers can be formed from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (without repetition), when the digit at the unit
place must be greater than that in the tenth place ?
(A) 54 (B) 60 (C) 5!/3 (D) 2 × 4!
17. Number of ways in which 7 green bottles and 8 blue tube bottles can be arranged in a row if exactly 1 pair of
green bottles is side by side, is (Assume all bottles to be alike except for the colour).
(A) 84 (B) 360 (C) 504 (D) None of these
18. Seven different coins are to be divided amongst three persons. If no two of the persons receive the same number
of coins but each receives atleast one coin & none is left over, then the number of ways it which the division may
be made is
(A) 420 (B) 630 (C) 710 (D) None of these
19. The number of ways in which 8 distinguishable apples can be distributed among 3 boys such that every boy
7
should get atleast 1 apple and atmost 4 apples is K. P3 where K has the value equal to :
(A) 14 (B) 66 (C) 44 (D) 22
20. A rack has 5 different pairs of shoes. The number of ways in which 4 shoes can be chosen from it, so that there
will be no complete pair is :
(A) 1920 (B) 200 (C) 110 (D) 80
21. There are 10 seats in a double decker bus, 6 in the lower deck and 4 on the upper deck. Ten passenger board the
bus, of them 3 refuse to go to the upper deck and 2 insist on going up. The number of way in which the
passengers can be accommodated is : (Assume all seats to be duly numbered)
(A) 172800 (B) 162800 (C) 152800 (D) 182800
22. An old man while dialing a 7 digit telephone number remembers that the first four digits consists of one 1’s, one
2’s and two 3’s. He also remembers that the fifth digit is either a 4 or 5 while has no memory of the sixth digit,
he remembers that the seventh digit is 9 minus the sixth digit. Maximum number of distinct trials he has to try to
make sure that he dials the correct telephone number, is
(A) 360 (B) 240 (C) 216 (D) None of these
23. The total number of different ways a grandfather along with two of his grandsons and four grand daughters can
be seated in a line for a photograph so that he is always in the middle and the two grandsons are never adjacent to
each other :
(A) 728 (B) 600 (C) 528 (D) 328
24. Number of ways in which 9 different toys be distributed among 4 children belonging to different age groups in
such a way that distribution among the 3 elder children is even and the youngest one is to receive one toy more, is:
5! 9! 9!
(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these
3! 2!
3
8 2
25. In an election three districts are to be canvassed by 2, 3 and 5 men respectively. If 10 men volunteer, the number
of ways they can be allotted to the different districts is :
10! 10! 10! 10!
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2! 5! 2! 3! 5!
2 2
2!3!5! 2!5!
26. The number of ordered pairs (m, n), m, n 1, 2,...,50 such that 6n 9m is a multiple of 5:
(A) 2500 (B) 1250 (C) 625 (D) 500
27. Number of ways in which the letters of the word “NATION” can be filled in the given figure such that no row
remains empty and each box contains not more than one letter, are:
30. There are 10 questions, each question is either True or False. Number of different sequences of not all correct
answers is also equal to :
(A) Number of ways in which a normal coin tossed 10 times would fall in a definite order if both Heads and
Tails are present.
(B) Number of ways in which a multiple choice question containing 10 alternatives with one or more than
one correct alternatives, can be attempted
(C) Number of ways in which it is possible to draw coins from 10 coins of different denominations taken
some or all at a time.
(D) Number of different selections of 10 indistinguishable things taken some or all at a time.
33. The maximum number of permutations of 2n letters in which there are only a’s and b’s, taken all at a time is
given by :
2n 2 6 10 4n 6 4n 2
(A) Cn (B) . . ....... .
1 2 3 n 1 n
n 1 n 2 n 3 n 4 2n 1 2n 2 n .1.3.5..........(2n 3)(2n 1)
(C) . . . ....... . (D)
1 2 3 4 n 1 n n!
34. Number of ways in which 3 different numbers in A.P. can be selected from 1, 2, 3,…...n is :
2
n 1 n n 2
(A) if n is even (B) if n is odd
2 4
(C)
n 12 if n is odd (D)
n n 2
if n is even
4 4
n1
35. The combinatorial coefficient C p denotes :
(A) The number of ways in which n things of which p are alike and rest different can be arranged in a circle
(B) The number of ways in which p different things can be selected out of n different thing if a particular
thing is always excluded
(C) Number of ways in which n alike balls can be distributed in p different boxes so that no box remains
empty and each box can hold any number of balls
(D) The number of ways in which (n – 2) white balls and p black balls can be arranged in a line if no two
black balls are together, balls are all alike except for the colour
36. Triplet (x, y, z) is chosen from the set {1, 2, 3, …, n}, such that x y z. The number of such triplets is :
n1 n n
(A) n3 (B) C3 (C) C2 (D) C2 nC3
37. Which of the following statements are correct?
(A) Number of 6 letter words that can be formed using letters of the word “CENTRIFUGAL” if each word
must contain all the vowels is 3.7 !
(B) There are 15 balls of which some are white and the rest black. If the number of ways in which the balls
can be arranged in row, is maximum then the number of white balls must be equal to 7 or 8. Assume
balls of the same colour to be alike
(C) There are 12 things, 4 alike of one kind, 5 alike and of another kind and the rest are all different. The
total number of combinations is 240
(D) Number of selections that can be made of 6 letters from the word “COMMITIEE” is 35
38. In a plane, there are two families of lines y = x + r, y = -x + r, where r 0,1,2,3, 4 . The number of squares of
diagonals of length 2 formed by the lines is :
2 3
(A) 4! (B) 3! (C) 16 (D) 9
3 2
39. Number of ways in which the letters of the word ‘B U L B U L’ can be arranged in a line in any order is also
equal to the
(A) number of ways in which 2 alike Apples and 4 alike Mangoes can be distributed in 3 children so that
each child receives any number of fruits.
(B) Number of ways in which 6 different books can be tied up into 3 bundles, if each bundle is to have equal
number of books.
(C) coefficient of x2 y 2 z 2 in the expansion of ( x y z)6
(D) number of ways in which 6 different prizes can be distributed equally in three children.
40. Let p 2520, x number of divisors of p which are multiples of 6, y = number of divisors of p which are
multiples of 9, then :
(A) x 24 (B) x 12 (C) y 16 (D) y 12
41. A person wants to invite one or more of his friends for a dinner party. In how many ways can he do so if he has
eight friends?
(A) 28 (B) 28–1 (C) 82 (D) 8C1 + 8C2 + 8C3 +…+ 8C8
42. In an examination, a candidate is required to pass in all four subjects he is studying. The number of ways in
which he can fail is :
4
(A) P1 + 4P2 + 4P3 + 4P4 (B) 44 – 1
(C) 24 – 1 (D) 4
C1 + 4C2 + 4C3 + 4C4
43. The number of ways to select 2 ordered numbers from {0, 1, 2, 3, 4} such that the sum of the squares of the
selected numbers is divisible by 5 are (repetition of digits is allowed)
9 9
(A) C1 (B) C8 (C) 9 (D) 7
44. If n objects are arranged in a row, then the number of ways of selecting three of these objects so that no two of
them are next to each other is :
n 2 n 3 n 4 n 2
(A) (B) C3
6
n 3 n 3
(C) C3 C2 (D) None of these
45. m points on one straight line are joined to n points on another straight line. The number of points of intersection
of the line segments thus formed (not lying on given two lines) is :
m
m mn m 1 n 1 C2 . n C2
(A) C2 . nC2 (B) (C) (D) m
C 2 n C2
4 2
46. Consider seven digit number x1, x2, ….,x7, where x1, x2, …..,x7 0 having the property that x4 is the greatest digit
and digits towards the left and right of x4 are in decreasing order (from left to right). Then total number of such
numbers in which all digits are distinct is :
9
(A) C7 . 6C3 (B) 9
C6 . 5C3 (C) 10
C7 . 6C3 (D) 9
C2 . 6C3
47. A contest consists of ranking 10 songs of which 6 are Indian classic and 4 are western songs. Number of ways of
ranking so that. (mention correct statements)
(A) There are exactly 3 Indian classic songs in top 5 is (5!)3
(B) Top rank goes to Indian classic song is 6(9!)
(C) The rank of all western songs are consecutive is 4!7!
10
(D) The 6 Indian classic songs are in a specified order is P4
49. A fair coin is tossed n times. Let an denote the number of cases in which no two heads occur consecutively.
Then which of the following is true?
(A) a1 2 (B) a2 3 (C) a5 14 (D) a8 55
50. All the five-digit numbers in which each successive digit exceeds its predecessor are arranged in the increasing
order. The 105th number does not contain the digit:
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
51. The number of ways of selecting two 11 squares from a chess board such that they:
(A) Have a common vertex is 98
(B) Have a common side is 112
(C) Neither have a common vertex nor have a common side is 1806
(D) None of these
52. The kindergarten teacher has 25 kids in her class. She takes 5 of them at a time to zoological garden as often as
she can without taking the same 5 kids more than once. Then the number of visits, the teacher makes to the
garden exceeds that of a kid by:
25
(A) C5 24 C4 (B) 24
C5 (C) 25
C5 24 C5 (D) 24
C4
53. Suppose a lot contains 2n objects of which n are identical. The number of ways to select n objects out of these 2n
objects must be:
(A) 2n
(B) (2 n 1 C0 2 n 1C1 ... 2 n 1Cn )1/ 2
(C) The number of possible subsets of the set a1 , a2 ..., an
(D) None of these
54. The number of selections of 4 letters taken from the word “COLLEGE” must be:
(A) 18
(B) 22
2
(C) 3
Coefficient of x 4 in the expansion of 1 x 1 x x 2
3
Coefficient of x 4 in the expansion of 1 x 1 x x
2 2
(D)
55. The integers from 1 to 1000 are written in order around a circle. Starting at 1, every fifteenth numbers is marked
(i.e., 1, 16, 31 etc.). This process is continued until a number is reached which has already been marked, then
unmarked numbers are:
(A) 200 (B) 400 (C) 600 (D) 800
56. The number of ways in which 10 students can be divided into three teams, one containing 4 and others 3 each, is:
10! 10 10! 1
(A) (B) 2100 (C) C4 5 C2 (D) .
4! 3! 3! 6! 3! 3! 2
57. The number of isosceles triangles with integer sides if no side exceeding 2008 is:
(A) (1004)2 if equal sides do not exceed 1004
62. The number of 5 letter words formed with the letters of the word Calculus is divisible by:
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D) 7
100
63. The coefficient of x50 in the expansion of 100 Ck ( x 2)100k 3k is also equal to:
k 0
(A) Number of ways in which 50 identical books can be distributed in 100 students, if each student can get
almost one book
(B) Number of ways in which 100 different white balls and 50 identical red balls can be arranged in a circle,
if no two red balls are together
(C) Number of dissimilar terms in ( x1 x2 x3 ... x50 )51
2.6.10.14.....98
(D)
51!
64. Let a, b, c, d be non-zero distinct digits. The number of 4-digit numbers abcd such that ab + cd is even is
divisible by:
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 7 (D) 11
66. In how many ways 7 distinct hats can be arranged among 7 persons such that :
Column 1 Column 2
(A) No person will get its own hat (p) 1331
(B) Exactly 3 person will get their own hats (q) 407
(C) Atleast 2 person will get their own hat (r) 1854
(D) Atleast 3 person will get their own hat (s) 315
69. If p is the total number of ways of arranging 36 girls around a table and q is the exponent of 2 in p then the value
of q, if :
Column 1 Column 2
(A) The table is circular is (p) Total number of zeros in (1033 1010 )
(B) The table is square and 9 girls each side is (q) Total number of trailing zeros in 138!
(C) The table is rectangular and 10 girls along length (r) The exponent of 5 in 132!
and 8 around along breadth is
(D) The table is hexagonal and 6 girls each side is (s) Exponent of 3 in 70!
(t) 100
Total number of trailing zeros in 10 1033
70. A staircase has 10 steps. A person can go up the steps one at a time, two at a time, or any combination of 1’s and
p
2’s. If the number of ways in which the person can go up the stairs is p, then find .
89
71. A1 A2 ,.......A2 n is regular 2n sided polygon n 3 . Find the ratio of number of obtuse
angled triangles to the number of acute angled triangles formed by joining the vertices of the polygon.
72. There are n persons sitting around a circular table. They start singing a 2 minute song in pairs such that no two
persons sitting together will sing together. This process is continued for 28 minutes. Find n.
k
73. If the total number of strictly increasing functions defined from f : 1, 2,3, 4,5,6 1, 2,3, ....9 is k then
12
is equal to ________.
74. If the total number of non-decreasing functions defined from f : 1,2,3,4,5 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 is m then
m
is equal to _______.
143
75. If total number of ways of distributing 5 distinct objects and 4 identical objects among 3 persons is (blank group
is allowed) 3 p q then q – 2p is equal to _______. (HCF of p and q is 5)
76. If the number of ways in which 8 people can be arranged in a line if A and B must be next to each other and C
must be somewhere behind D is equal to ‘m’ then sum of all the digits of m is equal to _______.
77. Six X’s have to be placed in the squares of the figure given below, such that each row contains at least one X. If
m
the total no. of different ways this can be done is ‘m’ then is equal to __________.
13
78. A conference attended by 200 delegates is held in a hall. The hall has 7 doors, marked A, B, …….., G. At each
door, an entry book is kept and the delegates entering through that door sign it in the order in which they enter. If
each delegate is free to enter any time and through any door he likes, if the total no. of different sets of seven
n
lists would arise in all is equal to Pr then ‘n-r’ is equal to (Assume that every person signs only at his first
entry).
79. If ur denoted the number of one-one functions from x1 , x2 ,........., xr to y1 , y2 ,........., yr such that f xi yi ,
for i 1, 2, 3,.........., r then u4 =
80. Three friends went to a shopping mall with $ 6, 7 and 8 with them in how many ways they can pay a bill of $ 10
if they have note of only one denomination.
81. In how many rotationally distinct ways can the vertices of a cube be coloured with black or white colour?
82. Fifteen coupons are numbered 1, 2, 3, … 15. Seven coupons are selected such that the largest number appearing
on the selected coupon is 9, if total number of ways is n C8 , then n is______.
83. Ramesh has 2n number of fruits out of which n of them are identical and remaining n are distinct, If the total
number of ways he can distribute these fruits to his two children Bhavesh and Sanjesh such that both of them will
receive equal number of fruits is 16 then n is equal to______.
84. In an Ice cream parlor at South City Mall Kolkata, 4 different varieties of ice creams namely Vanila, Strawberry,
Chocolate and Butter Scotch were available. On a particular day it was noticed that each customer bought at least
one ice cream and at max 10 ice creams, on further investigation it was noticed that no two customer bought
same set of ice creams then if the number of customers visited the ice cream shop on that particular day is k then
k
is______.
100
k
85. Mr. Anshuman has thrown a dice 6 times in k ways we can get a sum greater than 17 then is______.
10000
k
86. If k is the number of positive integral solutions of the in equality a b 3c 30 ? Then is______.
5
87. Each set has ‘m’ parallel lines. If the total number of parallelograms thus formed is 225 then m is equal to______.
88. If be the number of 3-digit numbers are of the form xyz with x < y, z < y and x 0 , the value of is______.
89. In k ways can you place 2 rooks on a chessboard such that they are not in attacking positions, if rooks can attack
k
only in a same row or in a same column? Then is______.
100
90. Consider a polygon of k sides. If the number of triangles that can be drawn taking vertices of these polygons as
vertices of triangles and no sides of triangles is common with any sides of the polygon is 50 then k is______.
91. In a class of 10 students if two prizes (1st and 2nd) has to be given in three subjects Physics, Chemistry &
k
Mathematics and this can be done in k ways, then is______.
1000
92. Consider 5 points in a plane are situated so that no two of the straight lines joining them are parallel,
perpendicular, or coincident. From each point perpendiculars are drawn to all the lines joining the other four
points. Determine the maximum number of intersections that these perpendiculars can have?
93. Consider a 6 6 square which is dissected into 9 rectangles by lines parallel to its sides such that all the
rectangles have integral sides. What is the minimum number of congruent rectangles?
94. Consider a set X = {1, 2, 3, …, 9, 10}. If the number of pairs {A, B} such that A X and B X also A B and
A B 2, 3, 5, 7 is 3 4 then is______.
95. At IITD, roll number of N students are given from 1 to N. Three students are selected from these N students such
that their roll numbers are not consecutive, the total number of ways this selection can be done is 10, then N is
equal to______.
96. Consider a set S = {1, 2, …, 100} two elements p and q are selected from this set S such that 7 p 7 q is divisible
by 5, How many ways this selection can be made?
97. In a particular batch of VIDYAMANDIR CLASSES Boston, there are 4 boys and certain number of girls. In
every mock test only 5 students including at least 3 boys can appear. If different group of students write the
Mock exam every time and number of times test conducted is 66 then find the total number of students in the
class.
98. The total number of ways in which 10 Men and 10 Women can form 10 mixed complex (a mixed couple contain
N
a Man and a Woman) is N, then is equal to______.
9!
99. Find the minimum value of k such that (k!!) is completely divisible by all two-digit prime numbers.
1 2 n 2 1 2 3 n 2 1 2 3 ....n n 2
2. The sum of the series n C12 C2 C3 ..... Cn is equal to :
2 3 n
1 2 n 1 1 2 n 1
(A) (n Cn 2n Cn ) (B) (n Cn 2n Cn 1)
2 2
1 1 2n 1
(C) ((n 1) 2 n 1Cn 1) (D) (n Cn 2 n Cn 2)
2 2
n
C0 n C1 n C2 n C3 (1)n n Cn
3. ..... , n N is equal to :
2 6 10 14 (4n 2)
2n 1 n ! 2n n!
(A) (B)
3 5 7.....(2n 1)(2n 1) 1 3 5 7.....(2n 3)(2n 1)
2n n ! 2n (n 1)!
(C) (D)
3 5.....(2n 1)(2n 1) 1 3 5.....(2n 3)(2n 1)
n 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4. C1 1 n C2 1 n C3 1 n C4 .... (1)n 1 1 .... n Cn
2 2 3 2 3 4 2 3 n
n 1 1 1 2n
(A) (B) (C) (D)
n n n 1 n 1
n
(1)r 1 n Cr (1 x )r
5. r
r 1
x 2 x3 xn 1 x 1 x 2 1 x3 1 xn
(A) x .... (B) ....
2 3 n 1 2 3 n
x 2 1 x3 1 xn 1 x x 2 x3 x n
(C) ( x 1) .... (D) n ...
2 3 n 1 2 3 n
n
n
n
C1 2 n 2 n
C2 2 n 4 Cn (2 x 2 )n
6. C0 x 2 n x (2 x 2 ) x (2 x 2 )2 ....
2 3 (n 1)
2n x 2 n 2 2n x 2 n 2n 1 x 2 n 2 2n 1 x 2 n
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(n 1)(2 x 2 ) (n 1)(2 x 2 ) (n 1)(2 x 2 ) (n 1)(2 x 2 )
n
7. If p q 1, then r 3 n Cr p r q n r
r0
2
(A) np (n p 3(n 1) p 1) (B) np ((n 2 n) p 2 2 (n 1) p 1)
(C) np ((n 2 3n 2) p 2 2 (n 1) p 1) (D) np ((n 2 3n 2) p 2 3(n 1) p 1)
For Questions 8 - 10
n n
1 r2
If an n Cr , then n Cr P (n) an 2 Q (n) an 1 an R (n), where P (n), Q(n), R (n) are the polynomial functions of
r 0 r0
n, then :
8. P (5)
(A) 56 (B) 42 (C) 36 (D) 30
9. Q (5)
(A) 5 (B) 10 (C) 15 (D) 18
10. R (5)
(A) 24 (B) 20 (C) 30 (D) 42
For Questions 11 - 13
2
Let f1 ( x ) ( x 2) 2 , f 2 ( x) (( x 2) 2 2) 2 , f 3 ( x ) ( x 2) 2 2) 2 2 ,..... and so on ; so that
2 2
f k ( x) ..... ( x 2)2 2 ..... 2 Ak Bk x Ck x 2 Dk x3 .....
k times
11. B5 is equal to :
(A) 2048 (B) 32 (C) 1024 (D) 512
12. C3 is equal to :
(A) 256 (B) 352 (C) 320 (D) 336
13. Ck is equal to :
42k 1 4k 1 42 k 1 4k 1
(A) (B) 42 k 2 (C) (D) 4k 1
3 5
(A) n2 2n 2
Cn 2 (B) (n 1) 2 2n 2
Cn 1
15. The value of the sum n C12 2 n C22 3 n C32 4 n C42 ... (1)n n n Cn2 where n N , n 3 will be equal to :
(A) n n 1C n 2 if n 4k , k I (B) n n 1C n 1 if n 4k 1, k I
2 2
n 1 n 1
(C) n C n 2 if n 4k 2, k I (D) n C n 1 if n 4k 3, k I
2 2
2n n
16. If n N and (1 x x 2 )n ar x r , then (1)r ar n Cr is equal to :
r0 r0
24 39
(A) 0 if n 57 (B) 0 if n 77 (C) C8 if n 24 (D) C13 if n 39
17. In the expansion of ( x a)n , n N , if the sum of odd numbered terms be and the sum of even numbered terms be
, then :
(C) 2 2 ( x2 a 2 )n (D) 2 2 ( x a ) 2 n ( x a ) 2 n
18. If the middle term of the expression (1 x)24 , x 0, is the only greatest term of the expansion, then :
13 12
(A) x 1 (B) x (C) x (D) x 1
12 13
n
19. Cm 3 n 1Cm 5 n 2 Cm 7 n 3Cm ... (2 (n m) 1) mCm is equal to :
n 2
(A) Cm 3 n 3Cm 3 (B) n 2
Cm 2 2 n 2 Cm 3
n 1
(C) Cm 2 n 2 Cm 2 (D) n 1
Cm 1 2 n 1Cm 2
an
(C) a 20 a 12 a 22 a 23 ... (1)n 1 an2 1 (1 (1) n an )
2
(D) (r 1) ar 1 (n r ) ar (2n r 1) ar 1 , 1 r 2 n 1
n
21. Let n N , n 4 and P n Cr , then :
r 0
n 1 n 1 n 1 n
2n 2n 2n 2 2n 2
(A) P (B) P (C) P (D) P
n 1 n 1 n 1 n 1
n n
22. Let S1 (2n 1 C2r )2 and S2 (2n 1 C2r 1 )2 , then :
r 0 r0
1 4n 2 1 4n 2
(A) S1 ( C2 n ( 1)n 2n 1
Cn ) (B) S2 ( C2n (1)n 2n 1
Cn )
2 2
1 1 4 n 1
(C) S1 (4 n 2 C2 n 1 ) (D) S2 ( C2 n 1 )
2 2
23. Let the coefficient of x 20 in the expressions (1 x 2 x3 )1000 , (1 x 2 x3 )1000 , (1 x 2 x 3 )1000 and
200 200
24. Let r (1 x )r r x r , where r 1 r 98, then the greatest coefficient in the expansion of (1 x)201 is :
r0 r 0
201
(A) C100 (B) 98 (C) 99 (D) 100
(A) [x] is even (B) [x] is odd (C) x {x} (11)2 n 1 (D) x {x} (13)2 n 1
where [] denotes greatest integer and {}
denote fraction part function
n
28. If the coefficient of xt and xt 1 in (1 x)r where t n 2 are equal, then :
r0
(A) n is odd (B) n is even
(C) The sum of coefficients of xt and xt 1 n 1
Ct 2
32. The remainder obtained when 62007 82007 is divided by 49 is equal to_____.
10 20
33. C0 C10 10 C1 18C10 10 C2 16 C10 10 C3 14 C10 10 C4 12 C10 10 C5 10 C10 is equal to_____.
n2 n 14
35. The coefficient of x 2 in ( x 1) ( x 2 2) ( x3 3) ( x 4 4)....( x n n), n 30 is equal to_____.
n 2n
36. C0 Cn n C1 2 n 1Cn n C2 2n 2
Cn n C3 2 n 3Cn ... ... (1)n n Cn n Cn
1/ 6 m
1/ 2 log10 (6 8 x ) 5log10 ( x 1) 84
38. For what x is the 4th term in the expansion of 51/ 3
25log10 5
is equal to
5
, if it is
14
known that of binomial coefficient of 3rd term, binomial coefficient of 4th term and binomial coefficient of 5th
9
term in the expansion constitute a G.P.
39. Let x (5 2 6)n , n N , then find the value of x x 2 x [ x ], where [] denotes greatest integer function.
40. If the coefficient of x 2 coefficient of x in the expansion of (1 x)m (1 x)n , (m n) is equal to m, then the value of
n m is equal to_____.
2. Two points P1 and P2 are at distances r1 and r2 respectively from the origin O and OP1 and OP2 makes angle
θ θ1
θ1 and θ 2 respectively with the x-axis. Let there be a point P on P1P2 such that OP makes an angle 2 with
2
the x-axis. Then OP is :
2r1r 2 2r1r 2
(A) cos 2 1 (B) sin 2 1
r1 r 2 2 r1 r 2 2
r1r 2 r1r 2 2 1
(C) cos 2 1 (D) sin
r1 r 2 2 r1 r 2 2
3. If A (3, 0) and B(6, 0) are two fixed points and U α,β is a variable point in the plane. AU and BU meet the y-axis
at C and D respectively and AD meet OU at V. Then the coordinate of the point through which CV always passes is :
(A) (3, 4) (B) (4, 0) (C) (0, 2) (D) (2, 0)
a b c
4. If 2 where a, b, c > 0, then family of lines a x b y c 0 passes through the point:
bc c b
(A) (1, 1) (B) (1, –2) (C) (–1, 2) (D) (–1, 1)
5. I(1,0) is the centre of incircle of triangle ABC, the equation of BI is x – 1= 0 and equation of CI is x – y – 1 = 0, then
angle BAC is:
π π π 2π
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 3 2 3
6. If the points where the lines 3 x 2 y 12 0 and x ky 3 0 intersect both the coordinate axes are concyclic,
then the number of possible real values of k is:
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
8. Consider the triangle OAB where O 0, 0 , B 3, 4 . If orthocenter of triangle is H(1, 4), then coordinates of ‘A’ is :
15 17 21 19
(A) 0, (B) 0, (C) 0, (D) 0,
4 4 4 4
9. Two vertices of a triangle are (5, –1) and (–2, 3). If orthocenter of the triangle is origin, then the co-ordinates of third
vertex is :
(A) (4, 7) (B) (3, 7) (C) (–4, –7) (D) (4, –7)
10. It is desired to construct a right angled triangle ABC C π / 2 in xy-plane so that its sides are parallel to co-
ordinates axes and the medians through A and B lie on the lines y 3 x 1 and y mx 2 respectively. The values of
‘m’ for which such a triangle is possible is/are :
(A) –12 (B) 12 (C) 4/3 (D) 1/12
11. m, n are integer with 0 < n < m. A is the point (m, n) on the Cartesian plane. B is the reflection of A in the line y = x.
C is the reflection of B in the y-axis, D is the reflection of C in the x-axis and E is the reflection of D in the y-axis.
The area of the pentagon ABCDE is :
(A) 2m m n (B) m m 3n (C) m 2 m 3n (D) 2 m m 3n
12. The ends of the base of an isosceles triangle are at (2, 0) and (0, 1) and the equation of one side is x = 2 then the
orthocenter of the triangle is :
3 3 5 3 4 7
(A) 4,2 (B) 4 ,1 (C) ,1 (D) ,
4 3 12
13. Given A (1,1) and AB is any line through it cutting the x-axis in B. If AC is perpendicular to AB and meets the y-
axis in C, then the equation of locus of mid-point P of BC is :
(A) x y 1 (B) x y 2 (C) x y 2 xy (D) 2x 2 y 1
14. A piece of cheese is located at (12, 10) in a coordinate plane. A mouse is at (4, –2) and is running up the line
y 5 x 18 . At the point (a, b), the mouse starts getting farther from the cheese rather than closer to it. The value of
(a + b) is :
(A) 6 (B) 10 (C) 18 (D) 14
15. Suppose that a ray of light leaves the point (3, 4), reflects off
the y-axis towards the x-axis, reflects off the x-axis, and finally
arrives at the point (8, 2). The value of x is :
1 1
(A) x4 (B) x4
2 3
2 1
(C) x4 (D) x 5
3 3
16. In a triangle ABC, if A (2, –1) and 7 x 10 y 1 0 and 3 x 2 y 5 0 are equations of an altitude and an angle
bisector respectively drawn from B, then equation of BC is :
(A) x y 1 0 (B) 5 x y 17 0 (C) 4 x 9 y 30 0 (D) x 5y 7 0
17. The distance between the two parallel lines is 1 unit. A point ‘A’ is chosen to lie between the lines at a distance ‘d’
from one of them. Triangle ABC is equilateral with B on one line and C on the other parallel line. The length of the
side of the equilateral triangle is :
2 2 d 2 d 1
(A) d d 1 (B) 2 (C) 2 d 2 d 1 (D) d 2 d 1
3 3
Paragraph for Questions 18 - 20
Consider 3 non-collinear points A(9, 3), B(7, –1) and C(1, –1). Let P(a, b) be the centre and R is the radius of circle ‘S’
passing through points A, B, C. Also H x , y are the coordinates of the orthocenter of triangle ABC whose area be denoted
by Δ .
18. If D, E and F are the middle points of BC, CA and AB respectively then the area of the triangle DEF is :
(A) 12 (B) 6 (C) 4 (D) 3
24. ABCD is rectangle with A(–1, 2), B(3, 7) and AB : BC = 4:3, if d is the distance of origin from the intersection point
of diagonals of rectangle, then possible values of [d] is/are (where [.] denote greatest integer function) :
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
7
25. Two straight lines u = 0 and v = 0 passes through the origin and the angle between them is tan 1 . If the ratio of
9
9
slopes of v = 0 and u = 0 is , then their equations are :
2
(A) y 3 x and 3 y 2 x (B) 2 y 3 x and 3y x
(C) y 3x 0 and 3 y 2 x 0 (D) 2 y 3 x 0 and 3 y x 0
26. Let B 1, 3 and D 0, 4 represent two vertices of rhombus ABCD in (x, y) plane, then coordinates of vertex A is
BAD 60 can be equal to :
1 7 3 1 3 1 7 3 1 3
(A) , (B) ,
2 2 2 2
1 7 3 1 3 1 7 3 1 3
(C) , (D) ,
2 2 2 2
27. The equations of two equal sides AB and AC of an isosceles triangle ABC are x + y = 5 and 7x – y = 3 respectively.
If the area of the triangle ABC is 5 square unit, then the possible equations of the side BC is(are) :
(A) x – 3y + 1 = 0 (B) 3x + y + 2 = 0 (C) x – 3y – 21 = 0 (D) 3x + y – 12 = 0
28. A line ‘L’ is drawn from (4, 3) to meet the lines L1 3x + 4y + 5 = 0 and L2 3x + 4y + 15 = 0 at points A and B
respectively. From point ‘A’, a line perpendicular to L is drawn meeting the line ‘L2’ at A1. Similarly, from point ‘B’
a line perpendicular to L, is drawn meeting the line L1 at B1. Thus a parallelogram AA1BB1 is formed. If the area of
the parallelogram AA1BB1 is least, the equation of the line L is/are :
(A) x – 7y + 17 = 0 (B) x + 7y + 1 7 = 0 (C) 3x + y – 31 = 0 (D) 7x + 2y – 31 =0
29. If the angle bisector AD of the angle A of the triangle ABC divides the side BC into two segments BD = 4, DC = 2,
then:
(A) 2<b<6 (B) 4 < c < 12 (C) 3<b<6
(D) Maximum value of altitude through A is 4
30. If the bisectors of the interior angle A of Δ ABC divides BC into segments BD = 4, DC = 2. If the length of the
altitude AE 10 and if AB and AC are integer. Then the possible length of the side AC is(are) :
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 6 (D) 5
31. The lines L1 and L2 denoted by 3 x 2 10 xy 8 y 2 14 x 22 y 15 0 intersect at the point P and have gradients m1
and m2 respectively. The acute angle between them is . Which of following relations hold good :
5 3 2
(A) m1 m2 (B) m1m2 (C) θ sin 1
4 8 5 5
(D) Sum of the abscissa and ordinate of point P is –1.
x y x y
32. Line 1 cuts the coordinate axes at A(a, 0) and B(0, b) and the line 1 at A ' a ', 0 and B 0, b .
a b a' b'
If the points A, B, A , B are concyclic then the orthocenter of the triangle ABA is :
aa ' bb '
(A) 0, 0 (B) 0, b ' (C) 0, (D) 0,
b a
2m 2m '
33. The bisector of angle between the straight lines y b 2
x a and y b x a are :
1 m 1 m '2
(A) y b m m ' x a 1 mm ' 0 (B) y b m m ' x a 1 mm ' 0
(C) y b m m ' x a 1 mm ' 0 (D) y b 1 mm ' x a m m ' 0
34. All the points lying inside the triangle formed by the points (1, 3), (5, 6), and (–1, 2) satisfy :
(A) 3x 2 y 0 (B) 2x y 1 0 (C) 2 x 11 0 (D) 2 x 3 y 12 0
35. Possible values of θ for which the point cos θ,sin θ lies inside the triangle formed by lines x y 2; x y 1 and
6 x 2 y 10 are :
(A) π8 (B) π4 (C) 3π 8 (D) π2
36. In a ΔABC, A , ,B 1,2 ,C 2,3 and point A lies on line y 2 x 3 , where α,β I . If the area of ΔABC be such
that area of triangle lies in interval [2, 3), then the possible value of α β is/are :
(A) 18 (B) 15 (C) 9 (D) 12
37.
The point a2 , a 1 lies in the angle between the lines 3 x y 1 0 and x 2 y 5 0 containing the origin then the
possible integral values of a is/are :
(A) a2 (B) a 2 (C) a0 (D) a 1
38. The medians AD and BE of a triangle ABC with vertices A(0, b), B(0, 0) and c(a, 0) are perpendicular to each other
if :
(A) a 2b (B) a 2b (C) b 3a (D) b 3a
39. Two sides of a triangle have the joint equation x 3 y 2 x y 2 0 , the third side which is variable always
passes through the point (–5, –1), then possible values of slope of third side such that origin is an interior point of
triangle is/are :
4 2 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 3 3 6
40. Let x1 and y1 be the roots of x 2 8 x 2009 0; x2 and y 2 be the roots of 3 x 2 24 x 2010 0 and x 3 and y3 be the
roots of 9 x 2 72 x 2011 0 . The points A x1 , y1 B x 2 , y 2 and C x3 , y3 :
(A) can not lie on a circle (B) form a triangle of area 2 sq. units
(C) form a right-angled triangle (D) are collinear
41. Consider a variable line ‘L’ which passes through the point of intersection ‘P’ of the lines 3 x 4 y 12 0 and
x 2 y 5 0 meeting the coordinate axes at points A and B :
(A) then the locus of middle point of the segment AB has the equation 3 x 4 y 4 xy
(B) then the locus of the feet of the perpendicular from the origin on the variable line ‘L’ has the equation
2 x2 y 2 4 x 3 y 0
(C) Locus of the centroid of the variable triangle OAB has the equation (where ‘O’ is the
origin) 3 x 4 y 6 xy 0
(D) Locus of the centroid of the variable triangle OAB has the equation (where ‘O’ is the
origin) 3 x 4 y 6 xy 0
42. A variable line ‘L’ is drawn through O(0, 0) to meet the lines L1 : y x 10 0 and L2 : y x 20 0 at points A and
B respectively. A point P is taken on line ‘L’ :
2 1 1
(A) If , then locus of P is 3 y 3x 40
OP OA OB
2
(B) If OP 2 OA OB , then locus of P is y x 200
1 1 1 2
(C) If 2
2
2
, then locus of P is y x 80
OP OA OB
1 1 1 2
(D) If 2
2
2
then locus of P is y x 80
OP OA OB
43. Given ΔABC whose vertices are A x1 , y1 ; B x2 , y 2 ; C x3 , y3 . Let there exists a point P(a, b) such that
6a 2 x1 x2 3 x3 ; 6b 2 y1 y2 3 y3 :
(A) P(a,b) lies inside the ΔABC (B) Area of triangle PBC is less than area of ΔABC
(C) P(a,b) lies outside the ΔABC (D) Area of triangle PBC is greater than area of ΔABC
44. If one vertex of an equilateral triangle of side ‘a’ is at 1, 0 , also another one lies on the line 3x y 3 0 ,
then co-ordinates of the third vertex may be
a 3a a 3a
(A) 1 , (B) 1, (C) a 1,0 (D) a 1,0
2 2 2 2
45. A line passing through the origin O has point A and B in the same direction such that OA AB r . Through
points A and B two lines are drawn making equal angle tan1 3 with the line AB. Then points which lies on the
locus of point of intersection of the lines is/are:
(A) r, 2r (B) 2r,r (C) r,r (D) 2r ,r
46. A line ‘L’ passes through the point 2,3 and making intercept of length 3 units between the lines 2 x y 2 0
and 4 x 2 y 10 0 then which of the following may be true about the line L:
(A) Parallel to x axis (B) Parallel to y-axis
3
(C) having slope (D) Perpendicular to 2 x y 2 0
4
47. For all values of , the lines represented by the equation
2 cos 3 sin x 3 cos 5 sin y 5 cos 2 sin 0
(A) pass through a fixed point
(B) Pass through the point 1,1
48. The centroid of an equilateral triangle is 0, 0 . If two vertices of the triangle lies on x y 2 0 , then:
(A) Area of triangle is 6 3 square units
(B) vertex not lying on the line is 2 , 2
(C) foot of the perpendicular from 0, 0 to the line is 1,1
(D)
vertices on the given line are 1 3 ,1 3 and 1 3 ,1 3
49. In a ABC equation of median and altitude from vertex C and B are x 2 0 and x y 2 0 respectively,
vertex A is at the origin, then:
(A) co-ordinate of point B is 4 ,6 (B) equation of AC is x y 0
(C) Area of ABC is 10 square units (D) vertex C is 2 , 3
50. A ray of light is sent along the line x 2 y 8 . After refracting across the line x y 1 it enters the opposite side
after turning by 15° away from the line x y 1 . Then the equation of line along which refracted ray travels will:
5 3 6 5 3 6
(A) have slope (B) have slope
3 13
13 3 50 50 3 31
(C) pass through 0, (D) pass through 0,
3 3 39
51. The four lines given by 12 x 2 7 xy 12 y 2 0 and 12 x 2 7 xy 12 y 2 x 7 y 1 0 will make:
(A) Rectangle (B) Square (C) Rhombus (D) Parallelogram
52. Equations of the sides of the triangle having 3,1 as a vertex, x 4 y 10 0 and 6 x 10 y 59 0 being the
equations of an angle bisector and a median respectively drawn from different vertices, is/are:
(A) 6 x 7 y 25 (B) 18 x 13 y 41 (C) 2 x 9 y 65 (D) 13 x 4 y 8
53. The equation of a pair of straight lines is ax 2 2hxy by 2 0 . If the angle by which the axes be rotated so the term
containing xy in the equation may be removed is , then:
(A) if a b,h 0 (B) , if 2h a b
4 8
(C) , if a b,h 0 (D) , if 2h a b
8 4
54. The equation of straight lines passing through ordered pairs a,b satisfying equation sec 2 a 1 b a 2 1 0,
1
and having slope , is (are):
2
(A) x 2y 0 (B) x 2y 1 (C) x 2 y 2 (D) x 2 y 2 0
55. A 1, 2 and B 7 ,10 are two points. If P x, y is a point such that the angle APB is 60° and the area of the
ΔAPB is maximum, then which of given is (are) true?
(A) P lies on any line perpendicular of AB (B) P lies on the right bisector of AB
(C) P lies on the straight line 3 x 4 y 36
(D) P lies on the circle passing through the points 1, 2 and 7 ,10 and having a radius of 10 units
56. A line which makes an acute angle θ with the positive direction of x-axis is drawn through the point P 3, 4 to
meet the line x 6 at R and y 8 at S, then:
(A) PR 3secθ (B) PS 4 cosec
23sin θ 4 cos θ 9 16
(C) PR PS (D) 1
PR PS
2 2
sin 2θ
57. The equation of the bisectors of the angles between the two intersecting lines
x 3 y 5 x 3 y 5 x3 y 5 x 3 y 5
and are and , then:
cos θ sin θ cos sin cos α sin α β γ
θ
(A) α (B) β sin α (C) γ cos α (D) β sin α
2
58. Two roads are represented by the equation y x 6 and x y 8 . An inspection bunglow has to be so
constructed that it is at a distance of 100 from each of the roads. Possible location of the bunglow is given by:
(A) 100 2 1, 7
(B) 1100 2, 7
(C) 1, 7 100 2
(D) 1, 7 100 2
59. Let L1 : 3x 4 y 1 and L2 : 5 x 12 y 2 0 be two given lines. Let image of every point on L1 with respect to a
line L lies on L2 then possible equation of L can be:
(A) 14 x 112 y 23 0 (B) 64 x 8 y 3 0
(C) 11x 4 y 0 (D) 52 y 45 x 7
60. Let A 1,1 and B 3,3 be two fixed points and P be a variable point such that area of PAB remains constant equal
to 1 for all position of P, then locus of P is given by:
(A) 2 y 2x 1 (B) 2 y 2x 1 (C) y x 1 (D) y x 1
61. The vertices of a triangle are 1,3 , 5,0 and 1, 2 . Which of the following inequalities will be satisfied by all
points lying inside the triangle?
(A) 3x 2 y 0 (B) 2 x 3 y 12 0 (C) x y 6 0 (D) 2x y 0
62. A x1 , y1 ,B x2 , y2 , y1 y2 are two points on the line x y 4 from which perpendicular AQ and BP are drawn
on line 4 x 3 y 10 where P and Q are the feet of perpendicular such that AQ BP 1 . Now considering AB as
diameter, a circle is drawn which meets the line 4 x 3 y 10 at C and D such that C is closer to P.
Then which of the following statement(s) is correct?
y y
(A) the value of 1 2 is equal to –3 (B) the length PQ is equal to 14
x1 x2
(C) length QD is equal to 5 2 7 (D) radius of circle obtained is 5 2 units
63.
If the two lines represented by x 2 tan2 cos 2 2 xy tan y 2 sin2 0 make angles , with the x-axis,
then:
(A) tan tan 4 cos ec 2 (B) tan tan sec 2 tan 2
tan 2 sin 2
(C) tan tan 2 (D)
tan 2 sin 2
(A) The number of integral values of ‘a’ for which point (a, a2) lies (p) 0
completely inside the triangle formed by lines x 0, y 0, 2 y x 3
(B) A point on the line x y 4 which lies at a unit distance from the line (q) 1
4 x 3 y 10 has the coordinates (α,β) then possible value of α β
(D) In a triangle ABC, the bisector of angles B and C lie along the lines (s) 4
y x and y 0 . If A is (1, 2) then 10 d(A, BC) equals (where d(A,
BC) denotes the perpendicular distance of A from BC.)
(A) Two perpendicular straight lines are drawn from the origin to make an iscosceles (p) 5
triangle together with the line 2 x y 5 Then the area of triangle is
(B) Let the line 2 x y 4 meet x-axis at A and y-axis at B, and the perpendicular (q) 5
bisector of AB meets the horizontal line through (0, –1) at C. Let G be the
centroid of the triangle ABC. Then perpendicular distance from G to AB equals
(C) The number of integral points inside the triangle made by the line (r) 3
3 x 4 y 12 0 with the coordinate axes which are equidistant from at least two
sides is/are (an intergral point is a point both of whose coordinates are integers)
(D) The line x c cuts the triangle with corners (0, 0), (1, 1) and (9, 1) into two (s) 1
regions. For the area of the two regions to be the same c must be equal to :
(A) A straight line with negative slope through (1, 4) meets the co-ordinate axes at (p) 5 2
A and B. The minimum length of OA OB , O being the origin is :
(B) If the point P is symmetric to the point Q 4 , 1 with respect to the bisector (q) 3 2
of the first quadrant, then the length of PQ is :
(C) On the portion of the straight line x y 2 between the axes a square is (r) 9
constructed away from the origin, with this portion as one of its side. If ‘d’ 2
denotes the perpendicular distances of a side of this square from the origin,
then the maximum value of ‘d’ is :
(D) (s) 9
If the parametric equation of a line is given by x 4 and
2
y 1 2 , where is the parameter, then the intercept made by the line
on the x-axis is :
(C) A square with centre at (3, 7) and side length 4 units has one of its diagonal (r) 1
parallel to the line y = x. If the vertices of the square be
x1 , y1 , x2 , y2 , x3 , y3 and x4 , y4 then the value of max (y1, y2, y3, y4)
min x1, x2 , x3 , x4 .
(D) The equation of a line through the mid point of the sides AB and AD of (s) 6
rhombus ABCD, whose one diagonal is 3 x 4 y 5 0 and one vertex is
A(3, 1) is ax by c 0 . Then the absolute value of (a + b+ c) where a, b,
c are integers expressed in lowest form:
(C) If the point (1, t) always remains in the interior of the triangle (r) 4 2 5 2
formed by the lines y = x, y = 0 and x y 4 , then t lies in ,
3 6
(D)
Set of values of ‘t’ for which the point P t , t 2 2 lies inside the (s) (0, 1)
triangle formed by lines x y 1 , y x 1 and y 1 is
(B) Let ABCD is a square with sides of unit length. Points E and F are taken (q) 21
on sides AB and AD respectively so that AE = AF. The maximum possible 4
area of quadrilateral CDFE is
(C) Let A 0, 0 , B 5, 0 , C 5,3 and D 0,3 are the vertices of (r) 0
rectangle ABCD. If P is a variable point lying inside the rectangle ABCD
and d(P, L) denote perpendicular distance of point P from line L.
If d P, AB min d P, BC , d P, AD , d P, CD , then area of the
region in which P lies is:
(D) The slope of one of lines given by ax 2 2 hxy by 2 0 be the square of (s) 5
3
the slope of the other, if ab a b αabh βh 0 , then α β is equals: 8
71. In a ABC, the equations of right bisectors of sides AB and CA are 3 x 4 y 20 and 8 x 6 y 65 respectively. If the
1
vertex A be (10, 10), then the value of ar ABC is _________.
7
72. In a ΔABC , the vertex A is (1, 1) and orthocenter is (2, 4). If the sides AB and BC are members of the family of
straight lines ax by c 0 . Where a, b, c are in A.P. then the coordinates of vertex C are (h, k). The value of
2h 9 k is _________.
73. The slopes of three sides of a triangle ABC are 1, 2,3 respectively. If the orthocenter of triangle ABC is origin,
a
then the locus of its centroid is y x where a, b are relatively prime than b – a is equal to _________.
b
74. The lines x + y = 0, x – 4y = 0 and 2x – y = 0 are the altitudes of a triangle. If one of the vertices has coordinates of
the form ( , ) , if the locus of the centroid of such a triangle is ax + by = 0, then the value of a + b is ______.
75. Two equal sides OA and OB of an isosceles triangle lie in the first quadrant. If the slopes of OA and OB are
7
and 1, respectively and the length of perpendicular from O to AB is 13, if the equation of the side AB is
17
ax + by = c then the value of (c – a – b) is ___________.
76. A line intersects the x-axis at A(7, 0) and y-axis B(0, 5). A variable line PQ perpendicular to AB intersects the
x-axis at P and the y-axis at Q. If AQ and BP intersect at R, show that the locus of R is x2 + y2ax + by = 0. Then the
value of (a – b) is :
1
77.
In triangle ABC if the median to side BC has length 11 6 3 2 and it divides angle A into angles 30º and 45º.
Then length of side BC is ___________.
78. In a triangle ABC if AC = 3, BC = 4 and median AD and BE are perpendicular to each other, be the area of the
triangle ABC. Then the value of [ ] is ______. (where [.] denotes the greatest integer) :
79. In a triangle ABC, the coordinates of A is (1, 2) and the equations to the medians through B and C are
x y 5 and x 4 . If coordinate of B is x1 , y1 and co-ordinate of C is x2 , y2 then x1 y2 x2 y1 equals____.
80. A straight line through the point A 2, 3 cuts the lines x 3 y 9 and x y 1 0 at B and C respectively. If
AB. AC 20 , then product of slopes of line is____.
81. A right angled triangle ABC C is constructed so that its sides are parallel to coordinate axes and the
2
medians through A and B lie on the lines y 3x 1 and y mx 2 respectively. Then product of values of m for
which such a triangle is possible is____.
82. If the distance of any point P x, y from the origin is defined as d x, y max x , y , d x, y 2 then the area of
curve represented by the locus of point P is S then [ S ] is____.
83. Two equal sides AB and AC of an acute angle triangle ABC are formed by the equations
7 x y 3 0 and x y 3 0 , side BC is ax by 31 0 where a 10b 31 . Value of 2a 10b 31 0 is____.
84. A variable line ‘L’ of the form y mx is drawn to meet the lines L1 : 2 x 3 y 5 0; L2 : x 2 y 5 0 and
k a b 1 1 1
L3 : 6 x 4 y 5 0 at points A, B and C. A point P a, b is taken on the line ‘ L ’also
OP OA OB OC
then value of k is______.
85. ABC is a triangle, whose vertex A is 3, 4 L1 0, L2 0 are the angle bisectors of angle B and C respectively
where L1 x 2 y 5 0 , L2 x 2 y 3 0 also AB KAI where I is the incentre then K is
86. If the equal sides PQ and PR (each equal to 2) of a right angled isosceles PQR be produced to A and B so that
QA.RB PR 2 then the line AB passes through a fixed point which also satisfies the line ax by 6 0 then a b
is______.
87. If from point P (4, 4) perpendiculars to the straight lines 3 x 4 y 5 0 and y mx 7 meet at Q and R
respectively and area of triangle PQR is maximum. Then the value of 12m must be____.
88. Let 3, 4 be a fixed point. A straight line passing through this point cuts the positive direction of the coordinate
axes at the points P and Q. If sq unit be the minimum area of the triangle OPQ, O being the origin. Then the value
of must be____.
89. If the slope of one of the line represented by ax 2 2hxy by 2 0 is the square of the other, then the value of
a b 8h 2
is______.
h ab
90. In a triangle ABC, the bisector of angles B and C lies along the lines y x and y 0 . If A is 1, 2 then
10d A,BC equal (where d A,BC denotes the perpendicular distance of A from BC ).
91. Let P be any point on the line x y 3 0 and A be a fixed point 3, 4 . If the family of lines given by the equation
3 sec 5 cos ec x 7 sec 3 cos ec y 11 sec cos ec 0 are concurrent at a point B for all permissible
values of and maximum value of PA PB 2 2n n N , then find the value of n.
92. The slopes of three sides of a triangle ABC are 1, 2,3 respectively. If the orthocenter of triangle ABC is origin,
a
then the locus of its centroid is y x where a, b are relatively prime than b a is equal to______.
b
93. A straight line through the origin O meets the parallel lines 3 x 4 y 6 and 6 x 8 y c 0 at points Q and P
OP 4
respectively such that . If c 2k , then k is equal to______.
OQ 3
94. The vertices B and C of a triangle ABC lie on the lines 3 y 4 x and y 0 respectively and the side BC passes
2 2 h
through the point , . If ABOC is a rhombus, O being the origin and the coordinates of A are h,k , then is
3 3 k
equal to______.
95. If A line is passing through the point P 1, 2 cutting the lines x y 5 0 and 2 x y 7 at A and B respectively
such that the harmonic mean of PA and PB is 10. If equation of line is
a 1 b 25
y 2 tan sin 1 sin x 1 . The a b 41 is ______.
146 146
96. If the straight line through the point P 3, 4 makes an angle with the x-axis and meets the line 12 x 5 y 10 0
6
Each of the following Question has 4 choices A, B, C & D, out of which ONLY ONE Choice is Correct.
1. Two Circles of radii 36 units and 9 units touch each other externally, a third circle of radius r touches the two given
circles externally and also their common tangent, then the value of r is :
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 17 (D) 18
2. If A (0, α) and B (0,β) , α , β > 0 are two vertices of a variable triangle ABC, where the vertex C (x, 0) is variable.
The value of x for which ACB is maximum is :
α β 2αβ αβ
(A) (B) αβ (C) (D)
2 α β α β
3. Two tangents are drawn from a point P to the circle x2 y 2 1 . If the tangents make an intercept of 2 units on the
line x 1, then locus of P is :
(A) parabola (B) pair of lines (C) circle (D) straight line
4. Let ABCD be a quadrilateral in which AB || CD, AB AD and AB = 3CD. If the area of the quadrilateral ABCD is 4,
then the radius of the circle touching all the four sides of the quadrilateral is
π π π π
(A) sin (B) sin (C) sin (D) sin
12 3 4 6
5. Three concentric circles of which the biggest is x2 y 2 1 , have their radii in A.P. If the line y x 1 cuts all the
circles in real and distinct points. The interval in which the common difference of the A.P. will lie is:
1 2 2
(A) 0, (B) 0, (C) 0, 1 (D) None of these
4 4 2 2
6. One circle has a radius of 5 units and its center is at (0, 5). A second circle has a radius of 12 and its centre is at
(12, 0). The radius of a third circle which passes through the center of the second circle and both points of
intersection of the first two circles, is equal to:
(A) 13/2 (B) 15/2 (C) 17/2 (D) None of these
7. A circle is inscribed in an equilateral triangle with side lengths 6 units. Another circle is drawn inside the triangle
(but outside the first circle), tangent to the first circle and two of the sides of the triangle. The radius of the smaller
circle is:
(A) 1/ 3 (B) 2/3 (C) 1/ 2 (D) 1
Circle 62 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
9. In a triangle ABC, right angled at A, on the leg AC as diameter, a semicircle is described. The chord joining A with
the point of intersection D of the hypotenuse and the semicircle, then the length AC equals to:
AB AD AB AD AB AD
(A) (B) (C) AB AD (D)
AB AD
2 2 AB AD AB 2 AD 2
10. In a circle with centre ‘O’ PA and PB are two chords. PC is the chord that bisects the angle APB. The tangent to the
circle at C is drawn meeting PA and PB extended at Q and R respectively. If QC = 3, QA = 2 and RC = 4, then length
of RB equals:
(A) 2 (B) 8/3 (C) 10/3 (D) 11/3
11. A circle is inscribed in a rhombus ABCD with one angle 60°. The distance from the centre of the circle to the nearest
2 2 2 2
vertex is equal to 1. If P is any point on the circle, then PA PB PC PD is equal to :
(A) 12 (B) 11 (C) 9 (D) None of these
12. Considering the circles, x2 y 2 25 and x2 y 2 9 . From the point A(0, 5) two segments are drawn touching the
inner circle at the points B and C while intersecting the outer circle at the points D and E. If ‘O’ is the centre of both
the circles then the length of the segment OF that is perpendicular to DE, is:
(A) 7/5 (B) 7/2 (C) 5/2 (D) 3
13. Points P and Q are 3 units apart. A circle centered at P with a radius of 3 units intersects a circle centered at Q with
radius 3 units at point A and B. The area of the quadrilateral APBQ is:
99 99 99
(A) 99 (B) (C) (D)
2 2 16
14. Circle x2 y 2 16 x 12 y c 0 is touched by a straight line with slope 2 and y-intercept 5 units at a point Q.
Then the coordinates of Q are
(A) (–6, –7) (B) (–9, –13) (C) (–10, –15) (D) (–6, 11)
15. Tangents are drawn at the point of intersections of the circles x2 y 2 1 and x2 y2 λ 6 x 8 2λ y 3 0 .
( λ being the variable). Then the locus of the point of intersection of these tangents is :
(A) 2 x y 10 0 (B) x 2 y 10 0 (C) x 2 y 10 0 (D) 2 x y 10 0
16. In the diagram, DC is a diameter of the large circle centered at A, and AC is a diameter of the
smaller circle centered at B. If DE is tangent to the smaller circle at F and DC = 12 units then the
length of DE is:
(A) 13 (B) 16 (C) 8 2 (D) 10 2
17. Let C be a circle x2 y 2 1 . The line y mx m intersects C at the point P other than (1,0) , the number of
rational choices for m for which both the coordinates of P are rational, is:
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) infinitely many
18. The locus of the mid points of the chords of the circle x2 y 2 ax by 0 which subtend a right angle at (a/2, b/2) is:
(A) ax by 0 (B) ax by a 2 b2
a2 b2 a2 b2
(C) x 2 y 2 ax by 0 (D) x 2 y 2 ax by 0
8 8
19. If the two circles C1 : x2 y 2 16 and circle C2 of radius 5 units intersect in such a manner that the common chord
of maximum length has a slope equal to 3/4, then the coordinates of the centre of C2 are:
9 12 9 12 12 9 12 9
(A) , (B) , (C) , (D) ,
5
5
5 5
5
5 5 5
Circle 63 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
22. Let C1, C2, C3 be centres of circles S1, S2, S3 respectively, then which of the following must be true:
(A) C3C1 C3C2 5 (B) C3C1 C3C2 3 (C) C3C1 C3C2 3 (D) C3C1 C3C2 1
23. Let Q be a point from where tangents drawn to circle g x, y 0 are mutually perpendicular. If A, B are the points
of contact of tangent drawn from Q to circle g x, y 0 , then area of triangle QAB is:
(A) 25/12 (B) 25/8 (C) 25/4 (D) 25/2
24. The area of region bounded by circle f x, y 0 with x-axis in the first quadrant is:
25 1 1 25 1 24
(A) 3 tan (B) 3 tan
8 2 8 11
25 3 25 24
(C) 3 2 tan 1 (D) 3 2 tan 1
8 4 8 7
25. The number of points with positive integral coordinates satisfying f x, y 0,g x, y 0; y 3 and x 6 is:
(A) 7 (B) 8 (C) 10 (D) 11
Paragraph for Questions 26 - 28
If a circle C0 , with radius 1 unit touches both the axes and as well as line L1 through P 0 , 4 , L1 cut the x-axis at
( x1 , 0 ) . Again a circle C1 is drawn touching x-axis, line L1 and another line L2 through point P. L2 intersects x-axis at
x2 , 0 and this process is repeated n times.
26. The value of x 2 is
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 15/2 (D) 17/2
27. The centre of circle C2 is
15 31
(A) (3, 1) (B) , 1 (C) , 1 (D) none of these
2 4
xn
28. The lim is
n 2 n
(A) 4 (B) 0 (C) 1 (D) 2
Circle 64 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
29. ABC is a right angled triangle right angled at A, with side AC = 1 and AB = a, a circle having AC as diameter cuts the
side CB at D if CD = b then :
b 1 b 1
(A) ab 1 (B) ab 1 (C) (D)
a 1 a 1
a
2
a
2
2 2
x y
30. The equation of the circle which touches the axes of coordinates and the line 1 and whose centre lies in the
3 4
first quadrant is x2 y 2 2rx 2ry r 2 0 , then r can be equal to:
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 6
31. The equation of the largest circle passing through the points (1, 1) and (2, 2) and lying completely in the first
quadrant is :
(A) x2 y 2 4 x 2 y 4 0 (B) x2 y 2 2 x 4 y 4 0
(C) x 2 y 2 3x 3 y 4 0 (D) x 2 y 2 3x 3 y 4 0
π
33. The equation of a circle in which the chord joining the points (1, 2) and (2, –1) subtends an angle of at any point
4
on the circumference is
(A) x2 y 2 5 0 (B) x2 y 2 6 x 2 y 5 0
(C) x 2 y 2 6 x 2 y 15 0 (D) x 2 y 2 7 x 2 y 14 0
(B) The radius of the smallest circle touching all the four circles is 2 1 a
(C) Area of region enclosed by four given circles with co-ordinate axes is 4 π a 2 sq.units
(D) The centres of four circles are the vertices of a square
35. If the circle x 2 y 2 2 x 2 y 1 0 is inscribed in a triangle whose two sides are co-ordinate axes and one side
has negative slope cutting intercepts a and b on positive x and positive y axis, then :
1 1 1 1 1 1
(A) 1 (B) 1
a b 2 2 a b
a b
1 1 1 1 1 1
(C) 1 (D) 1
2
a b a b a b2
Circle 65 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
36. The locus of points of intersection of the tangents to x2 y 2 a 2 at the extremities of a chord of circle
x2 y 2 a 2 which touches the circle x2 y 2 2ax 0 is(are):
y 2 a a 2 x (B) x2 a a 2 y (C) x 2 y 2 x a (D) x2 y 2 y a
2 2
(A)
36. A circle touches the line x y 2 0 at 1, 1 and cuts the circle x 2 y 2 4 x 5 y 6 0 at P and Q. Then :
(A) PQ can never be parallel to the given line x y 2 0
(B) PQ can never be perpendicular to the given line x y 2 0
(C) PQ always passes through (6, – 4) (D) PQ always passes through (– 6, 4)
38. Let x, y be real variable satisfy the x2 y 2 8x 10 y 40 0 . Let a = max x 2 y 3 and
2 2
b = min x 2 y 3 , then:
2 2
41. Consider two circles S1 and S2 (externally touching) having centres at points A and B whose radii are 1 and 2
respectively. A tangent to circle S1 from point B touches the circle S1 at point C. D is chosen on circle S2 so that AC is
parallel to BD and two segments BC and AD do not intersect. Segment AD intersect the circle S1 at E. The line
through B and E intersects the circle S1 at another point F.
2 3
(A) The length of segment EF is (B) The area of triangle ABD is 2 2
3
(C) The length of the segment DE is 2 (D) ABD is a triangle of perimeter 2 3
42. The circle ‘S’ touches the sides AB and AD of the rectangle ABCD and cuts the side DC at single point F and the side
BC at a single point E. If AB 32, AD 40 and BE 1
15
(A) The angle between pair of tangents drawn form the point D to the circle ‘S’ is π tan 1
8
(B) The Area of trapezium AFCB is 1180 sq.units
(C) The radius of circle is 25 units
15
(D) The angle between pair of tangents drawn form the point D to the circle ‘S’ is π 2 tan 1
8
Circle 66 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
43. In the triangle ABC, the angle bisector AK is perpendicular to the median BM and ABC 120 , then :
BC 13 1
(A) The value of ratio is equal to
AB 2
(B) The value of ratio of radius of the circle circumscribing the triangle ABC to the side length AB is equal
2
to
3
(C) The ratio of the area of ΔABC to the area of the circle circumscribing ΔABC is equal to
3 3
32π
13 1
44. There are two circles in a parallelogram. One of them of radius 3units is inscribed in the parallelogram, and the other
touches two sides of the parallelogram and the first circle. The distance between the points of tangency which lie on
the same side of the parallelogram is equal to 3 units.
(A) The radius of the other circle is ¾ units
(B) Area of the parallelogram is equal to 75/2 units
(C) Let d1, d2 denote the lengths of the diagonals of parallelogram, then the product d1.d2 is equal to 75
(D) Let d1, d2 denote the lengths of the diagonals of parallelogram, then the product d1.d2 is equal to 95
45. Point M moved on the circle (x – 4)2 + (y – 8)2 = 20. Then it broke away from it and move along a tangent to the
circle, cuts the x-axis at the point (–2, 0). The coordinates of a point on the circle at which the moving point broke
away is:
3 46 2 44
(A) , (B) , (C) (6, 4) (D) (3, 5)
5 5 5 5
46. Two chords are drawn from the point P(h, k) on the circle x2 y 2 hx ky . If the y-axis divides both the chords in
the ratio 2:3, then which of the following may be correct?
(A) k 2 15h 2 (B) 15k 2 h 2 (C) h 2 15k 2 (D) k 2 5h 2
47. The equation(s) of the tangent at the point (0, 0) to the circle, making intercepts of lengths 2a and 2b units on the
coordinates axes, is(are):
(A) ax by 0 (B) ax by 0 (C) x y 0 (D) bx ay 0
48. If the area of the quadrilateral formed by the tangents from the origin to the circle x2 y 2 6 x 10 y c 0 and the
radii corresponding to the points of contact is 15, then a value of c is :
(A) 9 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 25
49. Let C be a circle with centre ‘O’ and HK is the chord of contact of tangents drawn from a point A.OA intersects the
circle ‘C’ at P and Q and B is the midpoint of HK, then :
(A) AB is the harmonic mean of AP and AQ (B) OA is the arithmetic mean of AP and AQ
AK OA AB
2
(C) (D) AB is the geometric mean of AP and AQ
Circle 67 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
50. Chords of the circle x 2 y 2 9 are drawn such that segments intercepted from the chords by the curve
y 2 4 x 4 y 0 subtend right angle at the origin. If the locus of the middle points of the chords with respect to
circle is a curve S, then:
(A) S is a pair of line
(B) S is a circle
(C) S passes through the origin
(D) S meets the given circle x 2 y 2 9 at A and B and the tangents at A and B to the circle x 2 y 2 9
intersect at (4, 4)
51. A and B are two points in xy plane, which are 2 2 unit distance apart and subtend an angle of 90° at C 1, 2 on the
line x y 1 0 which is larger than any angle subtend by the line segment AB at any other point on the line. The
equation of the circle through the points A, B and C is:
(A) x2 y 2 6 x 7 0 (B) x2 y 2 4 x 2 y 3 0
(C) x2 y 2 6 y 7 0 (D) x2 y 2 4 x 2 y 3 0
52. A variable circle passes through the origin O and cuts off portions OP and OQ from X-axis and Y-axis respectively
such that m(OP ) n(OQ) is equal to unity. If the circle passes through a fixed point x1 , y1 other than O, then:
(A) x12 y12 m 2 n 2 (B) x1 y1 m n (C) mx1 ny1 1 (D) nx1 my1 0
53. If two points A 2, and B 4, are such that the triangle AOB is the right-angle triangle right angle at O. If
S 0 be the equation of the locus of the foot of the perpendicular P drawn to AB from the point O :
(A) (1, 3) lies on S 0 (B) Minimum possible area of triangle AOB is 9
(C) Locus is a parabola (D) Locus is a circle
54. If the C1 ,C2 ,C3 and C are four circles of radius r1 ,r2 ,r3 ,r respectively as shown in figure:
(A) radius of the circle C is 2 r2 r3
r2 r1
(B) tan
2 2 r1r2
2r13 / 2 r21 / 2
(C) PQ
r2 r1
r3
(D) If r1 2 and r1 r2 r3 14 then 2
r2
55. Let A, B, C and D be four distinct point on a line in that order. The circles with diameter AC is x 2 y 2 ax c 0
and BD is x 2 y 2 by 0 intersect at X and Y the line XY meets BC at Z. Let P be a point on XY other than Z, the
line CP intersects the circle with diameter AC at C and M, and line BP intersects the circle with diameter BD at B
and N and the equation of line AM and DN are bx cy a 0 and cx ay b 0 respectively, then which of the
following is true (where is a cube root of unity)
(A) a bc 1 (B) a b c 2 0 (C) a b 2 c 0 (D) a b c 0
Circle 68 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
56. An isosceles right angled triangle ABC is such that B 90 , AC 2 and A and C moves on positive coordinate
axis, then
(A) locus of the point B is y x 0
1
(B) locus of the circum centre of ABC x 2 y 2
2
(C) centre of the circle circumscribing ABC will lie on the line y 3 x 0
(D) centre of the circle circumscribing OAC will lie on the y 4 x 0
57. If the circle passing through the distinct points a,t , t ,a and t ,t for the all values of ‘t’ passes through a fixed
point then
(A) possible values of a is 4 (B) possible values of a is 8
(C) possible values of a is 12 (D) possible values of a is 15
58. A line L1 intersect x and y axes at P and Q respectively. Another line L2 , perpendicular to L1 , cuts x and y axes at
T and S respectively. The locus of the point of intersection of the lines PS and QT is a circle passing through the
(A) origin (B) point P (C) point Q (D) point T
(A) x2 y 2 2 3 y 2 0 (B) x2 y 2 2 3 y 2 0
(C) x2 y 2 2 3 y 2 0 (D) x2 y 2 2 3 y 2 0
60. A straight line through the vertex P of a triangle PQR intersect the side QR at the point S and the circumcircle of the
triangle PQR at the point T. If S is not the centre of the circumcircle, then:
1 1 2 1 1 2
(A) (B)
PS ST SQ SR PS ST SQ SR
1 1 4 1 1 4
(C) (D)
PS ST QR PS ST QR
61. Let L1 be a straight line passing through the origin and L2 be the straight line x y 1 . If the intercepts made by the
circle x 2 y 2 x 3 y 0 on L1 and L2 are equal, which of the following equations can represent L1.
(A) x y 0 (B) x y 0 (C) x 7y 0 (D) x 7y 0
62. Two circles have centres at (a, 0) and (a, 0) and radii r1 and r2 a r1 r2 . Then the points of contact of the
common tangents to two circles lies on the
(A) x 2 y 2 a 2 r1r2 (B) x 2 y 2 a 2 r1r2
63. A circle S of radius unity touches a line L at P. A point A lies on S and N is the foot of the perpendicular from A to L.
The area of PAN as A varies cannot be equal to:
3 3 3
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) (D)
8 2
Circle 69 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
64. Consider the circle x 2 y 2 10 x 6 y 30 0 . Let O be the centre of the circle and tangent at A(7, 3) and B(5, 1)
meet at C. Let S = 0 represents family of circles passing through A and B, then :
(A) area of quadrilateral OACB = 4
(B) the radical axis for the family of circles S = 0 is x + y = 10
65. Let C1 and C2 be centres of two circles whose radii are 2 and 4 respectively. Also C1C2 10 and direct common
tangents of these circles touch them at P, Q, R, S. Another circle of radius ‘ ’ is drawn passing through P, Q, R, S.
Then
(A) Midpoint of C1C2 is centre of the circle passing through P, Q, R, S
(B) Centre of the circle passing through P, Q, R, S divides C1 .C2 in the ratio 1 : 2
(C) 2 33
(D) 2 35
7
66. If a circle passes through the point 3, and touches x y 1 and x y 1 , then the centre of the circle is:
2
(A) (4, 0) (B) (4, 2) (C) (6, 0) (D) (7, 9)
67. A point M divides A and B in the ratio 1: 2 where A and B diametrically opposite ends of a circle
x 2 y 2 5x 9 y 22 0 square AMCD and BMEF on the length AM and MB are constructed on the same side of
line AB if co-ordinates of A is (1, 3) then find the orthocenter of ABE .
(A) (1, 6) (B) (1, 5) (C) (3, 3) (D) (4, 6)
S ' cos 2 x 2 2h ' cot xy sin 2 y 2 16 x 32 y 19 0 intersect at four concyclic points, then: (where
[0, / 2] )
(A) h + h’ = 0 (B) h – h’ = 0 (C) /4 (D) None of these
y4
69. If largest and smallest value of is p and q where x, y satisfy x 2 y 2 2 x 6 y 9 0 then which of the
x3
following is true:
4 4 4
(A) pq (B) q 1 (C) p (D) pq
3 3 3
Circle 70 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
Column 1 Column 2
If the set represented by x, y x 2 y 2 2 x 1 x, y x y c 0 contains
(B) (q)
only one point then the value of c is
ABCD is a square of unit area, if a circle touches two sides of ABCD and passes
(C) (r) 3 2
through exactly one of its vertices. Then the radius of this circle is
(t) 2 2
Column 1 Column 2
If the line 2 x y 1 0 is tangent to the circle at the point (2, 5) whose centre lies
(A) (p) 6 26
on the line x 2 y 4 , then radius of this circle is
Triangle ABC is right angled at A. The circle with centre A and radius AB cuts BC and
(B) AC internally at D and E respectively. If BD = 20 and DC = 16 then the length AC (q) 1
equals
Let C be the circle of radius unity centred at the origin. If two positive numbers
(C) x1 and x2 are such that the line passing through (x1, –1) and (x2, 1) is tangent to C then (r) 3 5
x1 x2 is:
1 1 1 1
If a, , b, , c, and d , are four distinct points on a circle of radius 4 units
(D) a b c d (s) 2
then, abcd is equal to
(t) 2 2
Circle 71 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
Column 1 Column 2
Consider 3 non-collinear points A, B, C with coordinates (0, 6), (5, 5) and (–1, 1)
(A) respectively. If the equation of a line tangent to the circle circumscribing the triangle (p) –1
ABC and passing through the origin is ax by 0 then b a is
From (3, 4) chords are drawn to the circle x2 y 2 4 x 0 . The locus of the mid
(B) (q) 9
points of the chords is x a x b y y c 0 , then the value of a b c is
A foot of the normal from the point (4, 3) to a circle is (2, 1) and a diameter of the
(C) circle has the equation 2 x y 2 0 . Then the equation of the circle (r) 14
is x2 y 2 ax b 0 , then a b is
(t) 1
Column 1 Column 2
A circle of constant radius ‘a’ passes through origin ‘O’ and cuts the axes of
coordinates in points P and Q, then the equation of the locus of the foot of
(A) 2 1
(p) 7
1
perpendicular from O to PQ is x 2 y 2 2 2 ka 2 ,then k is
x y
Tangents are drawn from any point on the circle x2 y 2 R 2 to the circle
(B) x 2 y 2 r 2 . The line joining the points of intersection of these tangents with (q) 0
the first circle also touch the second. If R equals k r ,then k is
A ray of light incident at the point (–2, –1) gets reflected from the tangent at (0, –1)
(C) to the circle x2 y 2 1 . The reflected ray touches the circle. If the equation of the (r) 4
line along which the incident ray moves is ay bx 11 ,then the value of a b is
π
The equation of a line inclined at an angle to the axis X, such that the two
4
(D) (s) 2
circle x2 y 2 4, x2 y 2 10 x 14 y 65 0 intercept equal lengths on it is
ax by 3 0 ,then the value of a b is
(t) 2 2
Circle 72 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
Column 1 Column 2
P is a point (a, b) in the first quadrant. If the two circles which pass through P and
(A) touch both the coordinate axes cut at right angles, then the relation between a and b (p) 3
is given by a 2 b 2 kab 0 ,then the value of k is
(t) 2 2
76. In the given figure AB is tangent at A to the circle with centre at O; point
D is interior to circle and DB intersects the circle at C. If BC = DC = 3,
OD = 2 and AB = 6, then find the value of [r] (where r is the radius of
circle and [.] represent G.I.F.)
77. If r1 and r2 are the radius of two circles passing through (–1, 1) and touching the lines x y 2 , x y 2 , and
r1 r2 a 2 , then a is equal to _________.
78. If a circle touches the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle at its middle point and passes through the middle point of
b
shorter side. If a and b (a < b) be the length of the sides and the radius of the circle is a 2 b 2 , then the value
ka
of k is __________.
79. On the side AC of an acute angled triangle ABC a point D is taken, such that AD = 1, DC = 2 and BD is an altitude
of ΔABC . A circle of radius 2, which passes through points A and D and touches a circle at the point D
1
circumscribed about the ΔBDC . If the area of ΔABC is Δ then the value of
11
is equal to __________.
(Where [.] represents G.I.F.)
Circle 73 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
80. The centre of a circle C lies on the line 2x – 2y + 9 = 0 and this circle cuts x2 + y2 = 4 orthogonally. If this circle passes
through two fixed points (a, b) and (c, d), then the value of a + b + c + d is __________.
81. Let P (a, b) be a variable point satisfying 4 a 2 b 2 9 and b 2 4ab a 2 0 . Let R be the complete region
represented in x-y plane in which P can lie, if m be the minimum value of a b for all position of P lying in region
R. Then [m] is __________. (Where [.] represents G.I.F.)
82. ABCD is rectangle a circle passing through C touches AB and AD at M and N respectively. If the perpendicular
distance of MN from C is 5 then the area of rectangle is___.
83. Through the point of intersection P of the circle x 2 y 2 1 and x 2 y 2 2 x 4 y 1 0 a common chord APB is
drawn terminating on the two circles such that the chords AP and BP of the given circles subtend equal angles at the
respective centres. If the coordinates of P are integral and the equation of the chord is y 2mx 1 then the value of
m is _____.
84. A circle S, whose radius is 1 unit, touches the X-axis at point A. The centre Q of S lies in the first quadrant. The
tangent from the origin O to the circle touches it at T and a point P lies on it such that the triangle OAP is a right-
angled triangle at A and its perimeter is 8 unit. The length of QP is _____.
85. CD is the common chord of the two circles of equal radii touching a line L at A and B. Let C be closer to the line L
than D. The ratio of the radii of circumcircles of the triangle ACB and ADB is _____.
86. The centres of two circles C1 and C2 each of unit radius are at a distance 6 unit from each other. Let P be the mid-
point of the line segment joining the centres of C1 and C2 . If a common tangent to C1 and C2 passing through P is
also a common tangent to C2 and C , then the radius of the circle C is _____.
87. The circle x 2 y 2 6 x 24 y 72 0 and x 2 y 2 6 x 16 y 46 0 intersect at four points. The sum of distances
from these four points to the point (–3, 2) is 10 k. Then value of k is equal to _____.
88. Consider a series of ‘n’ concentric circles C1 ,C2 ,C3 ,...,Cn with radii r1 ,r2 ,r3 ,...,rn respectively, such that
r1 r2 ...... rn and r1 20 . If the tangents drawn from any point on to Ci 1 are such that the chord of contact is a
tangent to Ci 2 i 1, 2,3,... and the angle between the tangents from any point on C1 to C2 is , then find the
3
n
values of lim
n
ri .
i 1
90. If the circles x 2 y 2 3 sin x 2 cos y 0 and x 2 y 2 2 cos x 2cy 0 touch each other, then the
maximum value of c is ______.
Circle 74 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
91. Let BD be the internal angle bisector of angle B in triangle ABC with D on side AC. The circumcircle of triangle
BDC meets AB at E, while the circumcircle of triangle ABD meets BC at F., if AE 3 , then CF is equal to ______.
6 6
92. Six points xi , yi ; i 1, 2,3, 4,5, 6 are taken on the circle x 2 y 2 4 such that xi 8 and yi 4 . The line
i 1 i 1
segment joining orthocenter of a triangle made by any three points and the centroid of the triangle made by other
three points passes through a fixed point (h, k ) . The value of h k is ______.
93. The number of points of intersection of curve sin x cos y and circle x 2 y 2 1 .
94. Three circles touch one another externally. The tangents at their points of contact meet at a point whose distance
from point of contact is 4. Find the ratio of the product of the radii to the double of the sum of the radii of the circles.
95. A circle passes through the point (3, 4) and cuts the circle x 2 y 2 a 2 orthogonally. The locus of its centre is a
straight line. If the distance of the straight line from the origin is 817, then find the value of a 2 8140 .
97. A circle touches the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle at its middle point and passes through the middle point of
the shorter side. If 3 units and 4 units be the length of the sides and ‘r’ be the radius of the circle, then find the value
of ‘3r’.
98. From a point ‘P’ on the normal y = x + c of the circle x 2 y 2 2 x 4 y 5 2 0 , two tangents are drawn to the
same circle touching it at points B and C. If the area of the quadrilateral OBPC (where O is the centre of the circle),
is 36 sq. units, the possible positive value of , (if it is given that the point P is at a distance of
2 1 from
the circle) is ______.
99. The number of possible integral values of m for which the circle x 2 y 2 4 and x 2 y 2 6 x 8 y m 2 0
have exactly two common tangents is ___________.
100.
Let PT be a tangent from the point P 5,3 3 to the circle x 2 y 2 4 x 6 y 3 0 , with centre C, at T and AB is
secant which passes through P such that BT is the normal at T. If Ar CAB Ar CAT , then find the value
25
of 15 ([.] denotes G.I.F).
2 2
101. If the two circles x 1 y 3 r 2 (r > 0) and x 2 y 2 8 x 2 y 8 0 intersect in two distinct points, then
the number of odd positive integral values of r is____ .
Circle 75 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
1. The locus of a point on the variable parabola y 2 4ax, whose distance from focus is constant k, is equal to: (a is
parameter)
(A) 4 x 2 y 2 4kx 0 (B) x 2 y 2 4kx 0
(C) x 2 2 y 2 4kx 0 (D) 4 x 2 y 2 4kx 0
2. Let S be the focus of y2 = 4x and a point P is moving on the curve such that its abscissa is increasing at the rate of
4 units/sec, then the rate of increase of projection of SP on x y 1 when P is at (4, 4) is :
3
(A) 2 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D)
2
3. An equilateral triangle SAB is inscribed in the parabola y 2 4ax having its focus at ‘S’. If chord AB lies towards the
left of S, then side length of this triangle is :
(A) 2a (2 3) (B) 4a (2 3) (C) a(2 3) (D) 8a(2 3)
2
4.
min ( x1 x2 )2 12 1 x12 4 x2 x , x R is :
1 2
5. The straight line joining any point P on the parabola y 2 4ax to the vertex and perpendicular from the focus to the
tangent at P, intersect at R, then the equation of the locus of R is :
(A) x 2 2 y 2 ax 0 (B) 2 x 2 y 2 2ax 0
a 2 2b 2
. Then the eccentricity of the ellipse is :
2
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 2 3 3 2
x2 y 2
8. Let S and S’ be two foci of the ellipse 1. If a circle described on SS’ as diameter intersects the ellipse in
a 2 b2
real and distinct points, then the eccentricity e of the ellipse satisfies.
1
(A) e (B) e (1 / 2,1) (C) e (0,1/ 2) (D) None of these
2
x2 y2
9. From any point P lying in first quadrant on the ellipse 1, PN is drawn perpendicular to the major axis and
25 16
produced to Q so that NQ equals to PS, where S is the focus (–3, 0). Then the locus of Q is :
(A) 5 y 3 x 25 0 (B) 3 x 5 y 25 0 (C) 3 x 5 y 25 0 (D) None of these
x2 y 2
10. Tangents are drawn to the ellipse 2
2 1 ( a b) and the circle x 2 y 2 a 2 at the points where a common
a b
ordinate cuts them (on the same side of the x-axis). Then the greatest acute angle between these tangents is given by :
ab ab 2ab 2ab
(A) tan 1 (B) tan 1 (C) tan 1 (D) tan 1
2 ab 2 ab a b a b
11. If the eccentricity of the hyperbola x 2 y 2 sec 2 α 5 is 3 times the eccentricity of the ellipse
x sec α y 25, then a value of is :
2 2 2
π π π π
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6 4 3 2
x2 y2
12. If a ray of light incident along the line 3 x (5 4 2) y 15 gets reflected from the hyperbola 1 at the
16 9
point (4 2, 3) , then its reflected ray goes along the line :
(A) 2x y 5 0 (B) 2y x 5 0
(C) 2y x5 0 (D) None of these
x2 y2
13. If two distinct tangents can be drawn from the point (α,2) on different branches of the hyperbola 1, then
9 16
3 2
(A) | α | (B) | α | (C) | α | 3 (D) None of these
2 3
x2 y 2
14. Area of the triangle formed by the asymptotes of the hyperbola 1 and any tangent to the hyperbola is
a 2 b2
a 2 tan λ in magnitude then its eccentricity is :
(A) sec λ (B) cos ecλ (C) sec 2 λ (D) cos ec 2 λ
15. ( x 1)( y 2) 5 and ( x 1)2 ( y 2) 2 r 2 intersect at four points A, B, C, D and if centroid of ABC lies on
line y 3x 4, then locus of D is :
(A) y 3x (B) x 2 y 2 3x 1 0 (C) 3 y x 1 (D) y 3x 1
16. If S1 and S2 are the foci of the hyperbola whose transverse axis length is 4 and conjugate axis length is 6, S3 and S4 are
the foci of the conjugate hyperbola, then the area of the quadrilateral S1S2S3S4 is :
(A) 24 (B) 26 (C) 22 (D) None of these
For Questions 17 - 19
Two tangents to a parabola are x y 0 and x y 0. If (2, 3) is focus of the parabola, then :
17. The equation of tangent at vertex is :
(A) 4 x 6 y 5 0 (B) 4x 6 y 3 0 (C) 4x 6 y 1 0 (D) 4x 6 y 3 / 2 0
For Questions 20 - 22
A curve is represented by C 21x 2 6 xy 29 y 2 6 x 58 y 151 0.
20. Eccentricity of curve is :
(A) 1/3 (B) 1/ 3 (C) 2/3 (D) 2/ 5
For Questions 23 - 25
Let P( x, y ) is a variable point such that ( x 1)2 ( y 2) 2 ( x 5)2 ( y 5) 2 3 which represents hyperbola.
For Questions 26 - 28
1 3 5
Let A , 0 ,B , 0 ,C , 0 be the given points and P be a point satisfying max PA PB,PB PC 2
2 2 2
26. All points P are points common to:
(A) two ellipse (B) two hyperbola
(C) a circle and an ellipse (D) a circle and an hyperbola
For Questions 29 - 31
Consider a point P, such that 2 of the normal drawn from it to the parabola are at right angles, then:
29. If the equation of parabola is y 2 8 x , then locus of P is:
(A) x2 4 y 6 (B) y2 2 x 6 (C) y2 8 x 6 (D) 2x2 y 6
30. The ratio of latus rectum of given parabola and that of made by locus of point P is:
(A) 4:1 (B) 2:1 (C) 16:1 (D) 1:1
For Questions 32 - 34
Let a hyperbola whose centre is at origin. A line x y 2 touches this hyperbola at P 1,1 and intersects the asymptotes at A
and B such that AB 6 2 units. (you can use the concept that incase of hyperbola portion of tangent intercepted between
asymptotes is bisected at the point of contact).
40. Parabola y 2 4 x and the circle having its centre at (6, 5) intersect at right angle. Possible point of intersection of these
curves can be :
(A) (9, 6) (B) (2, 8) (C) (4, 4) (D) (3, 2 3)
41. A normal drawn to parabola y 2 4ax meet the curve again at Q such that angle subtended by PQ at vertex is 90º, then
coordinates of P can be
(A) (8a, 4 2a) (B) (8a, 4a ) (C) (2a, 2 2a) (D) (2a, 2 2a)
42. The locus of the midpoint of the focal distance of a variable point moving on the parabola, y 2 4ax is a parabola
whose
(A) Latus rectum is half the latus rectum of the original parabola (B) Vertex is a 2,0
(C) Directrix is y-axis (D) Focus is (a, 0)
2 2
x y
43. 2
2
1 will represents the ellipse, if r lies in the interval
r r 6 r 6r 5
(A) (, 2) (B) (3, ) (C) (5, ) (D) (1, )
44. The co-ordinates (2, 3) and (1, 5) are the foci of an ellipse which passes through the origin, then the equation of
(A) Tangent at the origin is (3 2 5) x (1 2 2) y 0
45. If a pair of variable straight lines x 2 4 y 2 αxy 0 (where is a real parameter) cut the ellipse x 2 4 y 2 4 at two
points A and B, then the locus of the point of intersection of tangents at A and B is :
(A) x 2y 0 (B) 2x y 0 (C) x 2y 0 (D) 2x y 0
46. Which of the following is/are true?
2
5 x 12 y 1
(A) There are infinite positive integral values of a for which (13x 1)2 (13 y 2) 2 represents an
a
ellipse
(B) The minimum distance of a point (1, 2) from the ellipse 4 x 2 9 y 2 8 x 36 y 4 0 is 1
x2 y 2
(C) If from a point P(0, α) (P is not the origin) two normals other than axes are drawn to the ellipse 1,
25 16
9
then | |
4
1
(D) If the length of latus rectum of an ellipse is one-third of its major axis, then its eccentricity is equal to
3
x2 y2
47. Let E1 and E2 be two ellipses y 2 1 and x 2
1 (where a is a parameter). Then the locus of the points of
a2 a2
intersection of the ellipses E1 and E2 is a set of curves comprising
(A) Two straight lines (B) One straight line
(C) One circle (D) One parabola
x2 y2
48. Consider the ellipse 1 and f ( x ) is a positive decreasing function, then :
f (k 2 2k 5) f (k 11)
(A) The set of values of k, for which the major axis is x-axis is (–3, 2)
(B) The set of values of k, for which the major axis is y-axis is (, 2)
(C) The set of values of k, for which the major axis is y-axis is (, 3) (2, )
(D) The set of values of k, for which the major axis is y-axis is (3, )
49. If two concentric ellipses are such that the foci of each one are on the other and their major axes are equal. Let e and e’
be their eccentricities, then
(A) The quadrilateral formed by joining the foci of the two ellipses is a parallelogram
1 1 1
(B) The angle between their axes is given by cos 1 2 2 2 2
e e' e e'
(C) If e 2 e ' 2 1, then the angle between the axis of the two ellipses is 90º
(D) If e e ' 1 , then the angle between the axis of the two ellipses is 90º
50. If the tangent drawn at point (t 2 , 2t ) on the parabola y 2 4 x is same as the normal drawn at point ( 5 cos , 2sin )
on the ellipse 4 x 2 5 y 2 20. Then :
1 1 2 1
(A) cos 1 (B) cos 1 (C) t (D) t
5 5 5 5
53. For which of the following hyperbolas, we can have more than one pair of perpendicular tangents?
x2 y 2 x2 y 2
(A) 1 (B) 1 (C) x2 y 2 4 (D) xy 44
4 9 4 9
54. For the hyperbola 9 x 2 16 y 2 18 x 32 y 151 0
(A) one of the directrix is x = 21/5 (B) length of latus rectum = 9/2
(C) foci are (6, 1) and (–4, 1) (D) eccentricity is 5/4
55. Circles are drawn on chords of the rectangular hyperbola xy 4 parallel to the line y x as diameters. All such
circles pass through two fixed points whose coordinates are
(A) (2, 2) (B) (2, –2) (C) (–2, 2) (D) (–2, –2)
60. From the points x1 , y1 and x2 , y2 tangents are drawn to the hyperbola xy c 2 , such that a circle passes through
these points and the four points of contact, then:
(A) x1 y1 x2 y2 (B) x1x2 y1 y2
(C) x1 y2 x2 y1 4c 2 (D) x1 y1 x2 y2 4c 2
61. Equations of the asymptotes of the hyperbola whose equation is given by x a tan and y b tan ,
being a parameter, is/are:
(A) by ax tan (B) y ax tan
(C) x acot 0 (D) y bcot 0
62. If equation of tangent at P, Q and vertex A of a parabola are 3 x 4 y 7 0, 2 x 3 y 10 0 and x y 0 respectively,
then:
(A) Focus is (4, 5) (B) Length of latus rectum is 2 2
9 9
(C) Axis is x y 9 0 (D) Vertex is ,
2 2
63. Let PQ be a chord of the parabola y 2 4 x . A circle drawn with PQ as a diameter passes through the vertex V of the
parabola. If area PVQ 20 unit 2 then the coordinates of P is/are
(A) 16,8 (B) 16,8 (C) 16,8 (D) 16, 8
64. The chord AB of the parabola y 2 4ax cuts the axis of the parabola at C (C is internal to AB). If
A at12 , 2at1 and B at22 , 2at 2 and AC : AB 1 : 3 , then:
65.
Variable circle is described to pass through point 1, 0 and tangent to the curve y tan tan 1 x . The locus of the
69. The parabolas y 2 4ax and y 2 4c x d have a common normal other than the X-axis if and only if:
(A) c a and 2a d 2c (B) c a and 2a d 2c
(C) c a and 2a d 2c (D) c a and 2a d 2c
70. Let O be the vertex of a parabola and Q be any point on the axis of the parabola. If PQR be any chord passing through Q
and PM and RN be the ordinates of P and R, then:
(A) OM .ON OQ 2 (B) OM .ON 4 aOQ
(C) PM .RN 4 aOQ (D) PM .RN OQ 2
71. Coordinates of the feet of normal drawn from the point (7, 14) to the parabola x 2 8 x 16 y 0 is/are:
(A) 0, 0 (B) 4 ,3 (C) 4,1 (D) 16,8
1 1
72. The values of a for which y ax 2 ax , x ay 2 ay touch each other is/are
24 24
2 3 13 601 13 601
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 2 12 12
x2 y2
73. If P is any point on the ellipse 1 , whose foci are S1 and S2 . Let PS1S2 and PS2 S1 then,
a2 b2
(A) PS1 PS2 2a, if a b (B) PS1 PS2 2b, if a b
1 e a 2 b2 a a 2 b2
(C) tan .tan (D) tan .tan
2 2 1 e 2 2 b2
74. A line 3 x y 8 touches a hyperbola H 0 at P 1,5 meets its asymptotes at A and B . If AB 2 10 ,C 1,1 be the
centre of hyperbola, e and l are eccentricity and latus rectum of hyperbola then
7 5
(A) e (B) e (C) l 2 (D) l 2 2
2 2
75. Two tangents 2 x y 2 and x 2 y 3 to a parabola touching it at A 2,2 and B 5,1 respectively. If focus of
parabola is S , and latus rectum length is L, then:
27 3 27 2
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) L (D) L
25 25
76. Let P x1 , y1 and Q x2 , y2 , y1 0, y2 0 be the end points of the latus rectum of the ellipse x 2 4 y 2 4 . The
equation of the parabolas with latus rectum PQ are:
(A) x2 2 3 y 3 3 (B) x2 2 3 y 3 3
(C) x2 2 3 y 3 3 (D) x2 2 3 y 3 3
77. Tangents are drawn from the point 2 ,0 to the parabola y 2 8 x , radius of circle (s) that would touch these tangents
and the corresponding chord of contact, can be equal to
(A) 4 2 1 (B) 4 2 1 (C) 8 2 (D) none of these
78. If two distinct chords of the parabola y 2 4ax , passing through a, 2a are bisected on the line x y 1 , then length
of the latus-rectum can be
(A) 2 (B) 1 (C) 4 (D) 5
2
79. The locus of point of intersection of any tangent to the parabola y 4a x 2 with a line perpendicular to it and
passing through the focus, is
(A) the tangent to the parabola at the vertex (B) x2
(C) x0 (D) none of these
80. The tangent to the circle x 2 y 2 4 at a point P intersect the parabola y 2 4 x at points Q and R. Tangents to the
parabola at Q and R intersect at S. If Q lies in the first quadrant such that PQ 1 units, then:
35
(A) PR 8 units (B) SR units
4
7 343
(C) SQ units (D) area of SQR sq.units
2 16
(B) Locus of foot of perpendicular from focus upon any tangent (q) 5 x 12 y 29 0
(C) Line along which minimum length of focal chord occurs (r) 12 x 5 y 3 0
(A) Points from which perpendicular tangents can be drawn to parabola y 2 4 x (p) (–1, 2)
(B) Points from which only one normal can be drawn to parabola y 2 4 x (q) (3, 2)
(D) Points from which tangents cannot be drawn to parabola y 2 4 x (s) (5, –2)
x2 y 2 7
Sum of distances from the x-axis of the points on the ellipse 1,
(C) 9 4 (r)
where the normal is parallel to the line 2 x y 1, is less than
x2 y2 2
(A) If vertices of a rectangle of maximum area inscribed in the ellipse 1 (p)
a2 b2 5
are extremities of latus rectum. Then eccentricity of ellipse is
(B) If extremities of diameter of the circle x 2 y 2 16 are foci of a ellipse, then (q)
1
eccentricity of the ellipse, if its size is just sufficient to contain the circle, is 2
If normal at point (6, 2) to the ellipse passes through its nearest focus (5, 2), 1
(C) having centre at (4, 2) then its eccentricity is (r)
3
(D) If extremities of latus rectum of the parabola y 2 24 x are foci of ellipse and if (s)
1
ellipse passes through the vertex of the parabola, then its eccentricity is 2
85. If e1 and e2 are the roots of the equation x 2 ax 2 0, then match the following.
Column 1 Column 2
(A) If e1 and e2 are the eccentricities of the ellipse and hyperbola, respectively (p) 6
then the values of a are
(B) If both e1 and e2 are the eccentricities of the hyperbolas, then values of a are (q) 2 2 103
(C) If e1 and e2 are eccentricities of hyperbola and conjugate hyperbola, then (r) 2 2
values of a are
(D) If e1 is the eccentricity of the hyperbola for which no such points exist from (s) 5
which perpendicular tangents can be drawn, then the values of a are
87. If the normals to the curve y x 2 at the points P, Q & R passes through the point 0, 3 2 , find the radius of the circle
circumscribing PQR .
88. At any point P on the parabola y 2 2 y 4 x 5 0, a tangent is drawn which meets the directrix at Q. If the locus of R
89. The chord AC of the parabola y 2 4ax subtends an angle of 90º at points B & D on the parabola. If A, B, C and D are
t 2 t4
represented by t1 , t2 , t3 & t4 , then find the value of .
t1 t3
tx y x ty
90. The straight line ax by c 0 cuts the locus of point of intersection of the lines t 0, t 0 at A & B
4 3 4 3
3a 4b
such that line AB subtends a right angle at the origin, then is _____. ([.] represents greatest integer function)
c
x2 y2
91. Let P, Q be two points on the ellipse 1 whose eccentric angles differ by a right angle. The tangents at P and
a 2 b2
Q meet at R. If the chord PQ divides the line segment CR in m : n, then find m/n (where C is the centre of ellipse).
(3x 4 y 7)2
92. The length of the major axis of the ellipse (5x 10)2 (5 y 15)2 is A. Find [A]. ([.] represents
4
greatest integer function).
x2 y 2
93. Find the number of distinct normals that can be drawn to the ellipse 1 from the point P(0, 6).
169 25
94. If e be the eccentricity of a hyperbola and f(e) be the eccentricity of its conjugate hyperbola, then the value of
3
f f f ............... f (e)
n times
de is (n is even)
1
x2 y 2
95. A normal to the hyperbola 1 has equal intercepts on positive x and y-axes. If this normal touches the ellipse
4 1
x2 y2
2
2
1 , then find [ a 2 b 2 ] ([.] represents greatest integer function).
a b
96. If k be the length of the latus rectum of the hyperbola 16 x 2 9 y 2 32 x 36 y 164 0 , then find 3k/8.
97. From a point P three normal are drawn to the parabola y 2 4ax , such that the product of slopes of two of the normal is
p. If the locus of P is a part of the parabola, then p equal to
98. Tangent is drawn at any fixed point x1 , y1 on the parabola y 2 4ax . Now tangents are drawn from any point on this
tangent to the circle x 2 y 2 a 2 so that all the chords of contact pass through a fixed point x2 , y2 .
2
x y
If 4 1 1 ka 2 , then k equals to
x2 y2
x2 y2
99. A chord cut the same branch of a hyperbola 1 in P,P and the asymptotes in Q,Q , then the value of
a2 b2
PQ PQ PQ PQ is_____ .
x2 y 2
100. A normal to the hyperbola 1 , has equal intercepts on positive x and positive y axis. If this normal touches the
4 1
x2 y2 9 2
ellipse
a 2
b 2
1 , then the value of
25
a b2 is____ .
101. Variable pairs of chords at right angles are drawn through any point P (with eccentric angle ) on the ellipse
4
x2
y 2 1 , to meet the ellipse at two points say A and B. If the line joining A and B passes through a fixed point
4
m
Q a,b such that a 2 b 2 has the value equal to , where m , n are relatively prime positive integers, then the value
n
mn
of is____ .
3
x2 y2
102. A normal is drawn to the ellipse 1 , a 0 whose centre is at O. If maximum radius of the
2 2
a 2
2a 2 a 1 2
circle, centered at the origin and touching the normal, is 5 then the positive value of ‘a’ is….
103. If the normal at the points where the straight line lx my 1 meet the parabola y 2 4ax , meet at the point (h, k ) on
kl
the parabola y 2 4ax , then is equal to____ .
am
104. ‘O’ is the vertex of parabola y 2 4 x and L is the upper end of latus rectum. If LH is drawn perpendicular to OL
meeting x-axis in H, then length of double ordinate through H is N , then N
lx my x2 y2
105. The straight line n meet the ellipse 2 2 1 at in the points P and Q. If OP and OQ are along a pair of
a b a b
l2 m2
semi-conjugate diameters, O being the centre of the ellipse, then equals____.
n2 n2
106. From a point P, perpendicular tangents are drawn to the ellipse x 2 2 y 2 2 . If the chords of contact are tangents to a
family of concentric circles, having the centres same as that of the ellipse then the ratio of the areas of the largest circle
to the smallest circle is____.
107. The tangent to the hyperbola xy 1 at the point P intersects the X-axis in T and the Y –axis in T . The normal to the
hyperbola at P intersects the X-axis in N and the Y-axis in N . Let the areas of the triangles PNT and PN T are
1 1
and respectively, If is constant for all positions of P then the value of constant is _____.
108. The tangents at a point P to the rectangular hyperbola xy 1 meets the lines x y 0 and x y 0 at Q and R
respectively and 1 is the area of the triangle OQR, where O is the origin. The normal at P meets X-axis at M and the
Y-axis at N and 2 is the area of the triangle OMN, then the value of 12 2 is ….
109. Transverse and conjugate axes of a rectangular hyperbola are along X-axis and Y-axis respectively and the distance
between the foci is 10 14 . Number of the points (x, y) on the curve such that x and y are positive integers, is equal to
_____.
110. The normal at four points A, B, C and D on the rectangular hyperbola xy c 2 meet in P h,k and
PA2 PB 2 PC 2 PD 2 n h2 k 2 , where ‘n’ is equal to
111.
If the point 2 , 2 is a point lying interior of the region bounded by the parabola y 2 2 x and the chord joining
the point (2, 2) and (8, –4), then the number of the integral values of is ____.
x y x2 y 2
112. The straight line 1 intersects the ellipse 1 at two points A and B, there is a point P on this ellipse
4 3 16 9
such that the area of PAB is equal to 6
2 1 . Then the number of such points P is____.
1
113. The length of the sub-tangent to the hyperbola x 2 4 y 2 4 corresponding to the normal having slope unity is ,
k
then k is equal to _____.
3
114. If the normals to curve y x 2 at the points P, Q and R pass through the point 0, , then the radius of the circle
2
circumscribing PQR is___.
115. Consider a parabola 4 y x 2 and point B 0,1 . Let A1 x1 , y1 , A2 x2 , y2 ,.............., An xn , yn are n points on the
n
r 1
parabola such that xr 0 and OBAr
2n
r 1,2 ,3,.........,n then lim
n n
BAr is equal to ____.
r 1
4. Let f (x) be such that f x 2 f x and f x f x for any real number x. On the interval 2, 3 , f x x.
9 9 9 9
(A) 0, 8 (B) 8 , 0 (C) 0,
8
(D) , 0
8
7. Let f x 1 2 cos x 3 sin x. If real numbers a, b, c are such that a f x b f c x 1 holds for any x R
bcos c
then
a
1 1
(A) 1 (B) –1 (C) (D)
2 2
A function f : R R has property f x y f x e , for every x, y R then positive value of f (4) is :
f y 1
8.
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 8
10. It is given that the polynomial P x x3 ax 2 bx c has three distinct positive integer roots and P(22) = 21.
Let Q x x 2 2 x 22. It is also given that P(Q(x)) has no real roots then a is equal to :
(A) – 45 (B) – 55 (C) 45 (D) 60
Functions 90 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
9x 7
11. The graph of the function f x is symmetric to the point :
3x 12
(A) 4, 3 (B) 3, 4 (C) 3, 4 (D) 3, 4
2 3
12. The only real solution to the equation x 2 100 x 3
100 has how many digits in base 10 representation?
(A) one (B) two (C) three (D) four
13. The equation sin cos x x has only one root x1 in 0, / 2 and the equation cos sin x x has also only one
root x 2 in 0, / 2 . Then :
(A) x1 x 2 (B) x1 x 2 (C) x1 x 2 (D) x1 2x 2
1
14. Least value of the expression , x 1, 0 , b 2, 3 is :
2bx x b 2 sin 2 x
2
1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these
4 4 8 sin 2 1
15. 2
2
Let f x a 5 a 4 x 3 6 a 5 a 1 x tan x sgn x , be an even function for all
x 2n 1 ; n Z , then sum of all possible values of a is : (where [.] {.} denotes greatest integer function
2
and fractional part functions, respectively)
17 53 35
(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these
6 6 3
17. The function f x satisfies f 10 x f 10 x and f 20 x f 20 x . Which of the following
statements about f x is true?
(A) Periodic function (B) Not periodic (C) odd function (D) Even function
18. Given the system of equations 3x y x y 1 and y x x y 1 , [ x ] denotes greatest integer ≤
x, and {x} denotes fractional part of x then
(A) x 1 (B) y 5 (C) x y (D) xy4
log x
19. Consider the function f x
x
(A) f (x) has horizontal tangent at x = e (B) f (x) cuts the x-axis at only one point
(C) f (x) is many-one function (D) f (x) has one vertical tangent
Functions 91 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
1 x
24. Consider f x log 2
1 x
2
log 2 x x 1 Then :
(A) f 0 0 (B) f 0 0 (C) f 0 0 (D) f IV 0 0
25. The range of the function f x x x x x does not contain, [x] denotes greatest integer ≤ x, and {x} denotes
fractional part of x :
(A) –1 (B) –2 (C) 1 (D) 2
sin x
26. Let f x , x 0,1 and g x f x f 1 x then :
x
1 x 1 x x 1 x
(A) gx f f (B) gx f f
2 2 2 2 2
(C) g x is symmetric about the y-axis (D) g x is symmetric about the line 2x 1 0
x x
27. Let f : R 0 R, f x x
1
e 1 2
(A) f x is even (B) f x is many-one
(C) f x is into (D) lim f x 2
x0
2x
28. Let f x 2 x and g x 2
, then :
x 1
(A) Domain f g 2 1, (B) Domain f g 2 0,
(C) Range f range g 2 2 , 3 (D) Range f range g 2 1,
29.
Let f x sin x sin x 3 . Then, which of the following are false ?
(A) Maximum value of f (x) cannot be 2 (B) Maximum value of f (x) cannot be 2
(C) f (x) is periodic function with period 2 3 (D) f x 0 x R
Functions 92 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
Each of the following question contains statements given in two columns, which have to be matched. Statements in
Column 1 are labelled as (A), (B), (C) & (D) whereas statements in Column 2 are labeled as p, q, r, s & t. More than one
choice from Column 2 can be matched with Column 1.
30. Equation e x x n , n I
(A) n 1 (p) 3
(B) n2 (q) 2
(C) odd n 3 (r) 1
(D) even n 4 (s) 0
(A) f x
x 3 2 (p) [0, 3]
x2 1
(B)
A x, y ; x, y R, x 2 y2 25
4 x 2
B x, y ; x, y R , y (q) [3, 9]
9
and let x, f x A B
9
(C) f x (r) [0, 10]
2 cos 3 x
2
(D) f x 3 2 sin x2 (s) [0, 5]
16
32. Match the following columns :
Column I Column II
(i) Range of sgn x is: (where {.} represents fractional (a) {1}
part function
(ii) Domain of sin 1 x sin 1 1 x is: (b) [0, 1)
(iii) (c) 0, 1}
2tan 1 x
Range of is:
(iv) 2 1 2 (d) [0, 1]
Range of sin x x 1 is: (where [.] represent
greatest integer function)
Functions 93 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
33. Let ‘a’ be the real root of the equation x3 3x 2 5 x 17 0 and ‘b’ be the real root of the equation
x3 3 x 2 5 x 11 0. Then a b ____ .
x 5 x 7
34. The number of real numbers x such that is ______. [x] denotes greatest integer ≤ x,
x 4 7 x 5
2x 2
35. Let f x 144sin 144cos x. The number of integral values that f x can take is ______.
36. The number of real solutions to the equation 3x 7 x2 3x 2 is ___. [x] denotes greatest integer ≤ x,
21063 21043
37. Compute : . [x] denotes greatest integer ≤ x,
2104 2105 2105 2106
xm 3
38. The range of the function f x 2
, m R contains the interval [0, 1]. If m , then find k.
x 1 k
39. Let f x x 1 x 2 x 3 x 4 5 ; where x 6, 6 . If the range of the function is [a, b]; where
a, b N , then find the value of (a + b).
x4
40. Find the minimum number of roots of f x f .
x2
41. If f 2 x 1 4 x 2 14 x , then find the sum of the squares of roots of the equation f x 0 .
50 12
1
42. If e 2 i 13 and f x 7 Ai x k , then find the value of 13 f a r x .
k 1 r 0
43.
Let f (x, y) be a periodic function satisfying f x, y f 2 x 2 y, 2 y 2 x for all x, y. Define g x f 2 x , 0 ,
the find the period of function g.
e x e x e 22 1
44. Let g x and g f x x , then evaluate f .
2 2e11
Functions 94 Mathematics
Vidyamandir Classes
a n nx tan x sin nx
at x 0
1. If f x x2 , where n is a non-zero real number, and f is continuous at
0 at x 0
x = 0, then a is equal to :
n 1
(A) 0 (B) (C) n (D) n
n 1 n
2 x e x x x ln 2 1
,x 0 .The value of k so
2. Let f be a function defined on / 2, / 2 as follows : f x x tan x
k ,x 0
that f is continuous at x = 0 is :
1 1 1
(A) ln 2 2 ln 2 1 (B) ln 2 2 ln 2 1
2 2 2
1 1 1
(C) ln 2 2 ln 2 (D) ln 2 2 ln 2
2 2 2
3. The function f x x x , where [.] denotes the greatest integer function and {.} denotes the fractional part
function respectively, is discontinuous at
(A) all x (B) all integer points
(C) no x (D) x which is not an integer.
2 2 2
tan x 2 sin x 3 sin x 4 sin x 6 sin x 2 , x / 2
4. Define f : 0, R by f x is continuous at
k , x / 2
x , then k is equal to :
2
(A) 1/12 (B) 1/6 (C) 1/24 (D) 1/32
5. Lim
x
3 ( x a) ( x b) ( x c ) x =
a b c
(A) abc (B) (C) abc (D) (abc)1/3
3
e x cos 2 x x
6. Given f (x) = for x R – {0}, {x} is fractional part function
x2
1
f x nxn
2
1
g x f 1 x n x n 1
2
5
2 otherwise
Then g(x) is :
(A) Discontinuous at all integral values of x only (B) Continuous everywhere except for x = 0
1
(C) Discontinuous at x = n + ;n I (D) Continuous everywhere
2
n
n 1
7. Lim sin when Q is equal to :
n n 1 n
(A) e– (B) – (C) e1 – (D) e1 +
n
r
8. Lim 2
equals :
r 1 n nr
n
9. Lim
n
n2 n 1 n2 n 1 (n I) where [ ] denotes the greatest integer function is :
(A) 0 (B) 1/2 (C) 2/3 (D) 1/4
10. If f (x + y) = f (x) + f (y) + | x | y + xy2, x, y R and f ' (0) = 0, then :
(A) f need not be differentiable at every non zero x (B) f is differentiable for all x R
(C) f is twice differentiable at x = 0 (D) None
12 n 22 ( n 1) 32 (n 2) ..... n 2 . 1
11. Lim is equal to :
n 13 23 33 ...... n3
(A) 1/3 (B) 2/3 (C) 1/2 (D) 1/6
15. Limit
cot 1 x 1 x is equal to :
x 2 x 1 x
sec 1
x 1
(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) /2 (D) Non existent
2x 12
e (1 4 x)
16. If f (x) = for x 0, then f has :
ln(1 x 2 )
(A) An irremovable discontinuity at x = 0
(B) A removable discontinuity at x = 0 and f (0) = – 4
(C) A removable discontinuity at x = 0 and f (0) = – 1/4
(D) A removable discontinuity at x = 0 and f (0) = 4
17. The value of for which 2 Lim f ( x3 x 2 ) = Lim f (2 x 4 x5 ) is :
x 0 x 0
(A) 4/3 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 5
2
f ( x) x
18. The values of Lim where [·] denote greatest integer function and {·} denote fraction part function.
1 cos x
x 0
[ f ( x )]
(A) 6 (B) 12 (C) 18 (D) 24
x3 sin3 x sin x 3
19. Lim 3 f f where [·] denote greatest integer function.
x 0¯ x 4 x
(A) 3 (B) 5 (C) 7 (D) 9
n 2
(A) f is continuous on R (B) f is differentiable on R and f '(0) equals
12
n 2
(C) f is not differentiable at x = 0 (D) f is differentiable on R and f '(0) equals
6
24. Let f be a function with two continuous derivatives and f (0)=0, f ' 0 0 , f "(0) 0 . Function g is defined by
f ( x)
, x0
g ( x) x
0 , x0
Then which of the following statements are correct?
(A) g has a continuous first derivative
(B) g '( x ) exist at x 0
(C) g ( x) is continuous but g '( x ) do not exist
(D) g ( x) is continuous, but the first derivative of g is not continuous
x2
f x , 0 x 1
a
25. The function a , 1 x 2 is continuous for 0 x . Then which of the following
2
2b 4b
, 2 x
x2
statements is correct?
(A) The number of all possible ordered pairs (a, b) is 3
(B) The number of all possible order pairs (a, b) is 4
(C) The product of all possible values of b is – 1
(D) The product of all possible values of b is 1.
2 1
x 2 x sin for x0
26. Let f : R R be defined by f x x then
0 for x0
(A) f x is differentiable for all ' x' but f ' x is not continuous at x 0
(B) f ' 0 1 (C) f x is increasing at x 0
(D) Both f x and f ' x are differentiable for all ' x'
27. Let f (x) = min(x3, x2) and g(x) = [x]2 + {x}2 , where [x] denotes the greatest integer and {x} denotes the
fractional part function. Then which of the following holds?
(A) f is continuous for all x. (B) g is discontinuous for all x I.
(C) f is differentiable for all x (1, ) (D) g is not differentiable for all x I
1
2 x 2 n sin x
28. Let f (x) = Lim x then which of the following alternative(s) is/are correct?
n 1 x2n
(A) Lim x f x = 2 (B) Lim f x does not exist.
x x 1
(C) Lim f x does not exist (D) Lim f ( x) is equal to zero.
x 0 x
2 2 f () 2 2 1
29. Assume that Lim f () exists and 2 holds for certain interval containing the point
1 3 3
f ()
= – 1 then Lim f () and Lim is :
1 1 2
(A) is equal to f (–1) (B) is equal to 1 (C) is non existent (D) is equal to – 1
tan 2 { x }
2 2
x [ x] for x 0
30. Let f (x) = where [x] is the step up function and {x} is the fractional part function
1 for x 0
{ x } cot { x } for x 0
of x, then :
(A) Lim f (x) = 1 (B) Lim f (x) = 1
x 0 x 0
2
(C) cot–1 Lim f ( x ) = 1 (D) f is continuous at x = 1
x 0
31. The function, f ( x ) [| x |] [| x |] , where [ ] denotes greatest integer function:
(A) is continuous for all positive integers (B) is discontinuous for all non-positive integers
(C) has finite number of elements in its range (D) is such that its graph does not lie above the x-axis
34. In which of the following cases the given equations has atleast one root in the indicated interval?
(A) x – cos x = 0 in (0, /2) (B) x + sin x = 1 in (0, /6)
a b
(C) = 0, a, b > 0 in (1, 3)
x 1 x 3
(D) f (x) – g (x) = 0 in (a, b) where f and g are continuous on [a, b] and f (a) > g (a) and f (b) < g (b)
x . n (cos x ) x0
If f(x) = n 1 x
2
35. then :
0 x0
(A) f is continuous at x = 0 (B) f is continuous at x = 0 but not differentiable at x = 0
(C) f is differentiable at x = 0 (D) f is not continuous at x = 0
2 x2 3 [ x ]2 9
(C) Limit . sgn (x) (D) lim
x x2 x 5 x3 x2 9
where [ ] denotes greatest integer function
38. Let f x x 1 x x , then which of the following statement(s) is/are correct. (where [. ] denotes greatest
integer function.)
(A) f x is continuous at x 1 (B) f x is derivable at x 1
(C) f x is non-derivable at x 1 (D) f x is discontinuous at x 1
1 x 3 3
3 cot , for x 0
x 2
42. If f x , where x and x denote fractional part and the greatest
1
x 2 cos e x ,
for x 0
integer function respectively, then which of the following statements does not hold good?
(A)
f 0 0 (B)
f 0 0
43. If f ( x )
b [ x]2 [ x] 1, for x 1
, where [x] denotes the integral part of x, then for what values of a and
sin(( x a)), for x 1
b, the function is continuous at x 1?
3
(A) a 2n ; b R, n I (B) a 4 n 2; b R , n I
2
3
(C) a 4n ; b R , n I (D) a 4n 1;b R , n I
2
1
sin x
44. Let x be the greatest integer function, then f x 4 is:
x
3
(A) not continuous at any point (B) continuous at x
2
4
(C) discontinuous at x 2 (D) differentiable at x
3
min f t : 0 t x , for 0 x / 2
45. Let f x cos x and H x , then:
x, for x 3
2 2
(A) H x is continuous and derivable in [0, 3]
(B) H x is continuous but not derivable at x
2
(C) H x is neither continuous nor derivable at x
2
(D) Maximum value of H x in [0, 3] is 1
tan 2 x
2 2
, for x 0
x x
46. Let f x 1, for x 0, where x is greatest integer function and x is the fractional part
xcot x, for x 0
function of x, then:
2
(A) lim f x 1 (B) lim f x 1 (C) cot 1 lim f x 1 (D) None of these
x 0 x 0 x 0
n
x
47. Let f x lim
n
rx 1 r 1 x 1. Then:
r 0
1
cot 1
48. For lim x.
x 0 x
(A) RHL exists
(B) LHL does not exist
(C) Limit does not exist as RHL is 1 and LHL is 1
(D) Limit does not exist as RHL and LHL both are non-existent
a cot x a cos x
49. For a 0, let l lim
x cot x cos x
and m lim
x
x 2 ax x 2 ax , then:
2
(A) l m, for all a 0 (B) l m , when a 1
a
(C) l m , for all a e (D) el m 0
x
ax 1
50. Consider the function f x , where a , b 0 the xlim f x is:
bx 2
e or e 1/b , if a b
1/a
(C) non-existent for a b (D)
51. lim f x does not exist when (where [x] denotes the greatest integer less than or equal to x)
xc
2 2 tan sgn x
(C) f x x x , c 0 (D) f x ,c 0
sgn x
2 1
52. The function f x x 2 , x 0 is ( x represents the greatest integer x )
x
(A) continuous at x 1 (B) discontinuous at x 1
(C) discontinuous at infinitely many points (D) discontinuous at finite number of points
53. A function is defined as f x tan x tan x tan x 0 x (where [.] denotes the greatest integer
2
function) then:
(A) f x is continuous in 0, (B) f x is not continuous at x 0
2
(C) f x is continuous at x 0, (D) f x has infinite points of discontinuities
4
54.
Let f x sec 1 1 sin 2 x
. denotes the greatest-integer function). Then set of points, where f x is
56. If F x f x g x and f ' x g ' x c, then (where f and g are thrice differentiable)
f g F " f " g " 2c
(A) F'c (B)
f ' g ' F f g fg
F "' f "' g "' F "' f "' g "'
(C) (D)
F f g F" f " g"
57. f x is defined for x 0 and has a continuous derivative. It satisfies f 0 1, f ' 0 0 and
1 f x f " x 1 x. The values f 1 can’t take is/are:
(A) 2 (B) 1.75 (C) 150 (D) 1.35
sin cos 2 tan sin x
,x 0 .The value of k such that f is continuous at x = 0, is
62. f x
x2
k ,x 0
2
d 2 y dy dy
63. If the independent variable x is changed to y, then the expression x 0 is transformed
2 dx dx
dx
2
d 2 x dx dx
to x λ , then equals.
2 dy dy
dy
64. Let f and g be continuously differentiable functions such that f (0) = 0, f '(0) = 2 and g(x) = f (– x + f (f (x))). The
value of g'(0) equals.
1
x
2
Let f ( x )
x r ;x 0
65. ([.] denotes the greatest integer function)
r 0
k ; otherwise
2
The value of k such that f become continuous at x = 0 is ________.
Then the value of 4 f 1 equals.
2x
1 2cos k
3 , is_______.
f x
3
k 1
xy f x . f y f 3
72. If f ; x, y R, f 1 f ' 1 . Then, is_______.
2 2 f ' 3
2 2 f x f ' x
74. Let f x is a polynomial function and f f ' 0 , then find lim
x
, (where .
f ' x f x
denotes greatest integer function) is_______.
Then, the minimum possible number of values of x satisfying f x 101, x 0,25 is_______.
2
1
1
2 sin 1 x sin 1 x
, x0
2 x x
3
76. If f x k , x0
1 1
A sin 1 x cos 1 x
, x0
2 x 1 x
is continuous at x 0, then the value of A is_______. (where {.} denotes fractional part of x).
79.
1 2
4
Let f x x tan x x . Let f k x denotes kth derivative of f x w.r.t . x , k N , .
2 2
f n f n
1
80. Let f n n , where [.] denotes greatest integer function, n N . Then
2
2n
is equal
n 1
to_______.
82. The figure shows two regions in the first quadrant. A t is the area under the curve y sin x 2 from 0 to t and
At 1
B t is the area of the triangle with vertices 0, P and M t ,0 . If lim , then k is_______.
t 0 B t k
x2
83. Consider a parabola y and the point F 0,1 .
4
Let A1 x1 , y1 , A2 x2 , y2 , A3 x3 , y3 ,,.............., AN xn , yn , are ' n ' points on the parabola such that xk 0
k 1 n m
and OFAk k 1,2,....., n . If the value of nlim
. FAk , then m is_______.
2n n
k 1
1 1 1
84. The value of lim .... is_______.
n 2
n n2 1 n 2 2n
85. Suppose x1 tan 1 2 x2 x3 ....... are the real numbers satisfying
sin xn 1 xn 2 .sin xn .sin xn 1 0 for all n 1 and the sequence is convergent and , l lim xn , the
n 1
n
value of 4l is_______.
x 1
87. If lim 4 x tan 1 2
y 4 y 5, then the product of all possible value of y is_______.
x 4 x2
a sin x bx cx 2 x 3
88. If lim exists and is equal to l then a b c l
x 0 2 x 2 ln 1 x 2 x 3 x 4
1/ n
89.
n 3 1 n 3 23 n 3 33 .......... n 3 n 3
If lim
4e
a .e b (where a , b N ) then a b is_______.
n n 3n
Hn 1
90. Let Hn denotes the harmonic mean of n positive integers n 1, n 2, n 3,....., n n, if lim then
n n k
the value of e k is_______.
For Questions 3 - 5
Consider f ( x ) x cos x a
3. Which of the following holds good for the above f (x)
(A) a > 1for which f (x) has exactly one positive root
(B) a > 2for which f (x) has exactly one –ve root
(C) 1 a 2 f ( x ) will have an imaginary set of roots
(D) None of these
4. Which of the following is true for f (x)
cos cos
(A) sin cos For 0
2
cos cos
(B) sin sin For 0
2
cos cos
(C) tan tan For 0
2
(D) None of these
5. The equation of tangent to f ( x ) at x is :
2
(A) y a (B) y a (C) x y (D) x y
2 4 4 2
2 2
6. Point 'A' lies on the curve y e x and has the coordinate (x, e x ) where x > 0. Point B has the coordinates (x, 0).
If 'O' is the origin then the maximum area of the triangle AOB is :
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2e 4e e 8e
7. If a variable tangent to the curve x2y = c3 makes intercepts a, b on x and y axis respectively, then the value of a2b is :
4 3 27 3 4 3
(A) 27 c3 (B) c (C) c (D) c
27 4 9
8. The function f : [a, ) R where R denotes the range corresponding to the given domain, with rule
f ( x ) 2 x3 3x 2 6, will have an inverse provided :
(A) a1 (B) a0 (C) a0 (D) a1
9. The figure shows a right triangle with its hypotenuse OB along the y-axis
and its vertex A on the parabola y = x2. Let h represents the length of the
hypotenuse which depends on the x-coordinate of the point A. The value of
Lim (h) equals
x0
(A) 0 (B) 1/2
(C) 1 (D) 2
4 1
10. The least value of ‘a’ for which the equation, = a has atleast one solution on the interval (0, /2) is:
sin x 1 sin x
(A) 3 (B) 5 (C) 7 (D) 9
17. P and Q are two points on a circle of centre C and radius , the angle PCQ being 2 then the radius of the circle
inscribed in the triangle CPQ is maximum when
3 1 5 1 5 1 5 1
(A) sin (B) sin (C) sin (D) sin
2 2 2 2 4
x 1
if x 1
18. Let a function f be defined as f (x) = x2 1
x2 if x 1
Then the number of critical point(s) on the graph of this function is/are :
(A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1
19. 2
Let f (x) = ax – b | x |, where a and b are constants. Then at x = 0, f (x) has :
(A) a maxima whenever a > 0, b > 0 (B) a maxima whenever a > 0, b < 0
(C) minima whenever a > 0, b > 0 (D) neither a maxima nor minima whenever a > 0, b < 0
x
1 1
20. Consider f (x) = t t dt and g (x) = f (x) for x ,3
2
1
If P is a point on the curve y = g(x) such that the tangent to this curve at P is parallel to a chord joining the points
1 1
, g and (3, g(3)) of the curve, then the coordinates of the point P
2 2
7 65 3 5
(A) can't be found out (B) 4 , 28 (C) (1, 2) (D) ,
2 6
21. f:RR
Statement 1 : f (x) = 12x5 – 15x4 + 20x3 – 30x2 + 60x + 1 is monotonic and surjective on R.
Statement 2 : A continuous function defined on R, if strictly monotonic has its range R.
(A) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true and statement-2 is correct explanation for statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true and statement-2 is NOT the correct explanation for statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is false
(D) Statement-1 is false, statement-2 is true
For Questions 22 - 24
Consider the cubic f (x) = 8x3 + 4ax2 + 2bx + a where a, b R.
22. For a = 1 if y = f (x) is strictly increasing x R then maximum range of values of b is :
1 1 1
(A) , (B) 3, (C) 3, (D) (–, )
3
23. For b = 1, if y = f (x) is non monotonic then the sum of all the integral values of a [1, 100], is :
(A) 4950 (B) 5049 (C) 5050 (D) 5047
24. If the sum of the base 2 logarithms of the roots of the cubic f (x) = 0 is 5 then the value of 'a' is :
(A) – 64 (B) –8 (C) – 128 (D) – 256
25. The points on the ellipse 4 x 2 9 y 2 13 such that the rate of decrease of ordinate is equal to rate of increase in
abscissa are :
3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2
(A) 2,3 (B) 2 , 3 (C) 2 , 3 (D) 2 , 3
ax 2 b, | x | 1
26. If Rolle’s theorem is applicable to the function f defined by f ( x ) 1, | x | 1 for x [2, 2] then :
| x | 1
| x |
3
(A) a b 1 (B) ab (C) b (D) 3a b 0
2
1 x2
27. f ( x) cos 1 decreases in the region :
1 x 2
(A) 1, 0 (B) (0, 1) (C) (, 1) (D) (, 1)
28. The function f ( x) x1/3 ( x 1)
(A) has 2 inflection points
(B) is strictly increasing for x > 1/4 and strictly decreasing for x < 1/4
(C) is concave down in (– 1/2, 0)
(D) Area enclosed by the curve lying in the fourth quadrant is 9/28
x y K
29. If = 1 is a tangent to the curve x = Kt, y = , K > 0 then :
a b t
(A) a > 0, b > 0 (B) a > 0, b < 0 (C) a < 0, b > 0 (D) a < 0, b < 0
x
30. The function f (x) = 1 t 4 dt is such that :
0
(A) it is defined on the interval [1, 1] (B) it is an increasing function
(C) it is an odd function (D) the point (0, 0) is the point of inflection
x3 5 x 2
31. The co-ordinates of the point(s) on the graph of the function, f ( x) + 7x – 4 where the tangent drawn
3 2
cut off intercepts from the co-ordinate axes which are equal in magnitude but opposite in sign, is :
(A) (2, 8/3) (B) (3, 7/2) (C) (1, 5/6) (D) None of these
x x
32. If f ( x) a{a sgn x} ; g ( x) a[ a sgn x ] for a 0, a 1 and x R , where { }and [ ] denote the fractional part
and integral part functions respectively, then which of the following statements can hold good for the function h(x),
where (ln a)h( x) (ln f ( x) ln g ( x )).
(A) ‘h’ is even and increasing (B) ‘h’ is odd and decreasing
(C) ‘h’ is even and decreasing (D) ‘h’ is odd and increasing.
33. On which of the following intervals, the function x100 sin x 1 is strictly increasing.
(A) ( 1, 1) (B) (0, 1) (C) (/2,) (D) (0, /2)
3 x 2 12 x 1 , 1 x 2
34. If f ( x) then :
37 x , 2 x3
(A) f ( x ) is increasing on [ 1, 2] (B) f ( x ) is continuous on [ 1 , 3]
(C) f '(2) does not exist (D) f ( x ) has the maximum value at x 2
2
35. Consider the function f (x) = x – x sin x – cos x then the statements which holds good, are
(A) f (x) = k has no solution for k < – 1 (B) f is increasing for x < 0 and decreasing for x > 0
(C) Lim f ( x) (D) The zeros of f(x) = 0 lie on the same side of the origin
x
36. Assume that inverse of the function f is denoted by g. Then which of the following statement hold good?
(A) If f is increasing then g is also increasing (B) If f is decreasing then g is increasing.
(C) The function f is injective (D) The function g is onto
37. For the function f (x) = ln (1 – ln x) which of the following do not hold good?
(A) Increasing in (0, 1) and decreasing in (1, e) (B) Decreasing in (0, 1) and increasing in (1, e)
(C) x = 1 is the critical point for f (x). (D) f has two asymptotes
2
38.
Consider the function f (x) = cos tan 1 sin (cot 1 x ) . Which of the following is correct?
(A) Range of f is (0, 1) (B) f is even
(C) f '(0) = 0 (D) The line y = 1 is asymptotes to the graph y = f (x)
39. Equation of a line which is tangent to both the curves y x 2 1 and y x 2 is :
1 1 1 1
(A) y 2x (B) y 2x (C) y 2x (D) y 2x
2 2 2 2
40.
A function f is defined by f (x) = cos t cos( x t )dt , 0 x 2 then which of the following hold(s) good?
0
(A) f (x) is continuous but not differentiable in (0, 2)
(B) Maximum value of f is
(C) There exists atleast one c (0, 2) s.t. f ' (c) = 0
(D) Minimum value of f is –
2
x 1
41. Let f (x) = 2 then which of the following is correct.
x
(A) f (x) has minima but no maxima
(B) f (x) increases in the interval (0, 2) and decreases in the interval (– , 0) (2, )
(C) f (x) is concave down in (– , 0) (0, 3)
(D) x = 3 is the point of inflection
42. f ''(x) > 0 for all x [–3, 4], then which of the following are always true?
(A) f (x) has a relative minimum on (–3, 4) (B) f (x) has a minimum on [–3, 4]
(C) f (x) is concave upwards on [–3, 4] (D) If f (3) = f (4) then f (x) has a critical point on [–3, 4]
43. Which of the following statements is/are TRUE?
(A) If f has domain [0, ) and has no horizontal asymptotes Lim f ( x) or Lim f ( x )
x x
(B) If f is continuous on [–1, 1], f (–1) = 4 and f (1) = 3 then there exist a number r such that | r | <1 and
f (r) =
x 1
(C) Lim arc sin does not exist
x x
(D) For all values of m R the line y – mx + m – 1 = 0 cuts the circle x 2 y 2 2 x 2 y 1 0 orthogonally
44. If a function f is continuous x and if f has a relative maximum at 1,4 and a relative minimum at 3, 2 , then
which of the following statements can be incorrect ?
(A) The graph of f has a point of inflection somewhere between x 1 and x 3.
(B) f ' 1 0
(C) The graph of f has a horizontal tangent line at x 3
(D) The graph of f intersect both co-ordinate axes.
45. Which of the following function s cannot exist?
(A) f " x 0 for all x R, f ' 0 1 and f ' 1 1
(B) f " x 0 for all x R, f ' 0 1 and f ' 1 2
(C) f " x 0 for all x R, f ' 0 1 and f x 100 for all x 0.
(D) f " x 0 for all x R, f ' 0 1 and f x 1 for all x 0
a
46. Possible integral value ( s ) of ' a ' for which x 2 for every x 0, is (are)
x2
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
47. Set f x ax 4 bx 3 cx 2 dx e, a 0, is a function such that x 1, x 2 and x 3 are normals to the curve
y f x such that f 2 is always greater than f 0 , then which of the following are true for f x ?
(i) f x has 2 local maxima
(ii) there exist only one value of k such that Rolle’s theorem is applicable to f x on the interval 0, k
(iii) f x 0 has two imaginary roots.
(A) only (iii) and (i) are true (ii) is true and (iii) is false
(B)
(C) Only (i) & (ii) are true All are true
(D)
1 1
48. Given a natural number n. Consider the function f x 2nx , then for all 0 x 1, which of
1 x 1 x n
n
a2 g ' 3 a b g ' 0 a
(A) (B) (C) (D)
b g ' 0 a g ' 3
57. If 1 a b c 0 and ' ' is a real root of the equation x3 ax2 bx c 0 then the value of can be
3 1
(A) 1 (B) (C) 2 (D)
2 2
kx 2
1 y 2 kx 2
58. If x 2 y 2 1, x , y 1 then minimum value of
2 , where k 0 is
y k x2
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) None of these
59. If f " x 1, x R and f 0 0 f ' 0 , then which of the following can be true ?
1 1 1 1
(A) f (B) f 2 5 (C) f (D) f 1 0
2 5 2 5
2
x 3 log 0.5 log 2 k 3 , 1 x 0
60. If f x , (where . denotes the greatest integer function) has minimum
2
x 3 x 2, 0 x 1
value at x 0, then
(A) k [2, 5) (B) k [2,1) (C) k [–1, 2] (D) k [ 1, 2)
61. f x and g x are quadratic polynomials and f ( x) g (x) , x R. Also f x 0 have real roots. Then the
x2
65. h( x ) 3 f f (3 x 2 ) x (3, 4) where f "( x) 0 x ( 3, 4) then
3
Column 1 Column 2
(A) h(x) is increasing (p) 3
x , 4
2
(B) h(x) is decreasing (q) 3
x 0,
2
(C) The least and greatest value of x 2 y 2 xy where x, y connected (r) 5 13 5 13
,
by x 2 4 y 2 4 2 2
p
then find . (where [.] represents greatest integer function).
2
68. f ( x) is a fifth order polynomial in ‘x’ with every root of f ( x ) 0 is real and distinct. Find the number of real roots
of f "( x) f ( x) ( f '( x ))2 0.
69. Let f ( x) 30 2 x x 3 , then find the number of positive integral values of x which satisfies
f ( f ( f ( x))) f ( f ( x )).
70. If | ln x | px has exactly three distinct solutions, then find [ p ] (where [.] denote greater integer function).
71. If f : R R is a monotonic, differentiable real valued function, a, b are two real numbers and
b f (b )
72. A line passing through (21,30) and normal to the curve y 2 x . If m is slope of the normal then m 6
1 1 P
73. Let P x 3 ,Q x and ' a ' is the minimum value of 2 . Then the value of [ a] is _________. (where
x3 x Q
[ x] the greatest integer x ).
2 2
74. If is the angle of intersection of curves y = sin x + cos x and x + y = 5 .
x
75. Let f : 0, R be a continuous, strictly increasing function such that f 3
x tf 2 (t )dt. If a normal is drawn
0
–1
to the curve. y f x with gradient , then find the intercept made by it on the y-axis.
2
76. The smallest positive integral value of p for which the function f x 6 px p sin 4x 5x sin3x is monotonic
increasing and has no critical points on R is :
77. l1 and l2 are lengths of side of two variable squares S1 and S2 respectively for l1 l2 l23 6 at l2 1. If rate of
1
change of area of S2 with respect to area of S1 is equal to , then m .
8m
x
78. If the function f (t)dt 5 as x 1, where f is continuous then the number of integers in the range of p so
0
x
that the equation 2 x f (t)dt p has roots of opposite sign in 1,1 .
0
79. Let f x be a function such that its derivative f ' x is continuous in a, b and derivable in a, b . Consider a
2
function x f b f x b x f ' x b x A. If Rolle’s theorem is applicable to x on a, b and for
2
some c a, b , ' c 0 and f b f a b a f ' a f " c b a then 6 is equals to :
81. A polynomial function P x of degree 5 with leading coefficient one, increases in the interval ,1 and 3,
and decreases in the interval 1,3 . Given that P 0 4 and P ' 2 0. Find the value P ' 6 .
82. The circle x 2 y 2 1 cuts the x-axis at P and Q . Another circle with center at Q and variable radius intersect the
first circle at R above the x -axis and the line segment PQ at S , the maximum area of the triangle QSR is A,
thens 2A is _________ . is G .I .F
83. A wire 20 cm long be divided into two parts, if one part is to be bent into a circle, the other part is to be bent into a
square and the two plane figures are to have areas the sum of which is maximum, then side length of square is____.
x x2
84. If e t f (t ) dt sin x cos x
2
for all x R then value of 2 f
is ____.
6
86. In the interval a, b there exists at least one point c, for any two differentiable function f and g such that
f a f b f a f 'c
2 b a , then sum of absolute value of is______.
a b a 'c
dy
87. y tan 1 cot x cot 1 tan x , x , then is equal to_______.
2 dx
88. The third derivative of a function f x vanishes for all x. If f 0 1, f ' 1 2 and f '' 1 1, then find
f ' x at x 3.
89. A lane of width 27m runs at right angle out of a road of 64m. The maximum length of a pole which can be carried
from the road to the lane keeping it horizontal is L, then 3 L equals to __________
b 1
90. If a2 b2 1 and u is the minimum value of then find the value of u 2 .
ab2
x
91.
Let f be a differentiable function on R and satisfying f ( x) x 2 x 1 e x e x y . f ' y dy.
0
92.
Let P x0 , y0 be a point on the curve C : x 2 11 y 1 4 0 where x0 , y0 N . If area of the triangle formed
a
by the normal drawn to the curve ' C ' at P and the co-ordinate axes is , a , b N then the least value of
b
a 6b .
93. Let f be a twice differentiable function defined in 3, 3 such that f 0 4, f ' 3 0, f ' 3 12 and
x
f " x 2x 3,3. If g x f t dt then find maximum value of g x , in [3, 3]
0
2 2
94. x , where f x is twice differentiable function such that f " x 0x R and
If 9 f " x f ' x x f
let P be the point of maxima of f x then find the number of tangents which can be drawn from P to the circle
x 2 y 2 9.
Each of the following Question has 4 choices A, B, C & D, out of which ONLY ONE Choice is Correct.
3
(A) g (B) g x is continuous for all
4 2
15 1
(C) g (D) g
4
8 4
2
sec3 / 2 sec1 / 2
3. The integral 2 tan 2
tan d is :
xn x n
sin
1
4. If f x lim ,0 x 1, n N then x f x dx is equal to :
n x n x n
sin 3/ 2
cos3 / 2 d
6. If sin3 cos3 sin
a cos tan sin b cos sin cot c then :
(A) 9 x2 4 x 6 u 3x (B) 9 x 2 4 x 6 3u x
1 1
(C) x (D) 9 x2 4 x 6
t t
15
x 1 x2
dx is equal to :
9. 1 x 2
16
x 1 x2
1
(A) c (B) c
10 15 1 x 2 x
15
1 x2 x
15
(C) c (D) c
1 x2 x 15
dx
10. To evaluate x 1 x 2 3x 2
one of the most suitable substitution could be :
(A) x2 3x 2 u (B) x 2 3 x 2 ux 2
(C) x 2 3 x 2 u 1 u (D) x2 3x 2 u x 2
dx
11. If In n
, where n N and n > 1. If In and I n1 are related by the relation
x 2
a 2
x
PI n n 1
QI n 1 . Then P and Q are respectively given by :
x2 a2
(A) 2n 1 a 2 ,2n 3 (B) 2a 2 n 1 , 2n 1
(C) a 2 n 1 , 2n 3 (D) a 2 ,a 2 n 1
( ax 2 b)dx
12. x
c 2 x 2 (ax 2 b) 2
ax bx 2 a bx 2
(A) sin 1 k (B) tan 1 k
c cx
ax 2 b
(C) sin 1 k (D) tan 1 ax 2 bx c k
cx
1
13. Let f : 0, R be such that f 0 3 and f x . If a f b , then a and b can be
2 1 cos x 2
(A) , (B) 3, 4
2
3
(C) 3 ,3 (D) 3 ,3
4 2 2 4
Paragraph for Questions 14 - 18
Evaluation of indefinite integral with the help of specific substitution:
In general if we have an integral of type f g x g x dx , we substitute g x t g x dx dt and the integral
becomes f t dt . Some of the substitution can be guessed by keen observation of the nature of given integrand.
d 1 1 1 1 1
For example, we have x 1 2 . So if the integrand is of the type f x 1 2 , we can substitute x t .
dx x x x x x
Some more similar forms are given below
a a a a a a
For integral f x 1 2 dx , put
x x
x t
x x x
For integral f x 1 2 dx, put x t
x
a
2 a a a a a
For integral f x
2
x 3 dx, put x 2 2 t
For integral f x 2 2 x 3 dx, put x 2 2 t
x x x x x x
Many integrands can be brought into above forms by suitable reductions or transformations
x2 1
14.
x4 1
dx
1 x2 1 x2 1
(A) tan 1 C (B) sin 1 C
2 2x 2x
1 2x 1 1
(C) log C (D) x2 C
2 2 x 1 x2
x2 1
15. 1
dx
x 4 3x 2 1 tan 1 x
x
1 1 1 1
(A) tan 1 x C (B) x tan x C
x x x
1 1 1
(C) ln tan 1 x C (D) ln x C
x 2 x
x4 2
16. x2 dx
x4 x2 2
1 2
(A) x2 1 C (B) x2 1 C
x2 x2
1 2
(C) x2 C (D) x2 C
x2 x2
x 1
17. Anti-derivative of is :
x 1 x3 x 2 x
1 1 1 1
(A) tan1 x 1 (B) tan 1 x 1 (C) 2 tan1 x 1 (D) x 1
x x x x
5 x 4 4 x5
18. The derivative of x 4 x 5 is 4 x 5 5 x 6 . So, 2
dx
x5 x 1
1 x5
(A) x5 x 1 C (B) C (C) x 4 x 5 C (D) +C
x5 x 1 x5 x 1
f x
f x dx is :
x2 x3 x2
(A) c (B) c (C) c (D) None of these
2 3 3
dx 1/ n
20. If x2 f x C , then f x is
n 1 / n
x 1
n
sin 2 x
22. The value of the integral e cos x cos x sin xdx is :
3
1 sin2 x 2x 1 2
(A)
2
e
3 sin 2 x c (B) esin 1 cos x c
2
2x 2x
(C) esin 3cos 2
x 2sin 2 x c (D) esin 2cos 2
x 3sin 2 x c
dx
23. I is equal to
sin x 2cos x 2cos x sin x
tan x 2 1 sin x 2cos x
(A) log e 4 c (B) log e c
tan x 2 4 sin x 2cos x
1 2sin x cos x
(C) log e c (D) None of these
4 sin x 2cos x
24. If cos ecx 1 dx kfog x c, where k is a real constant, then :
(A) k 2, f x cot 1 x, g x cos ecx 1 (B) k 2, f x tan 1 x, g x cos ecx 1
cot x cot x
(C) k 2, f x tan 1 x, g x (D) k 2, f x cot 1 x,g x
cos ecx 1 cos ecx 1
25. If f ' x
1
and f 0
1 2 , then the value of f (5) will be :
x x2 1 2
(A) More than 12 (B) Loss than 5 (C) More than 5 (D) None of these
1 1
26. Let f x 2 2
and its anti-derivative F x tan 1 g x c , then :
4 3cos x 5sin x 3
(A) g x is equal to 3tanx (B) g is equal to 3
4
(C) g is equal to 6 (D) g is equal to 12
3 3
sin x cos x
27. If dx cos ec 1 g x c x R , then
2 2
sin x cos x sin x cos x sin x cos x
(A) g x 1 sin 2 x (B) g x 1 sin 2 x
(C) g x 0 (D) 1 g x 1
2
If x n 1 n N , then I
x 2 sin x 2 1 sin 2 x 2 1 dx is equal to :
28.
2 sin x 2 1 sin 2 x 2 1
(A) log sec
x 1 c
2
(B) log cos
x 1 c
2
2 2
2 2
29.
Let f x b 2 a 1 b 2 x sin 2
x cos 4 x dx be an increasing function of x R and b R , then a
t
30. If cos ec x cos x
2
cos 2 x dx cot x log cos x cos 2 x P cos ec 2 x 2 Q x cot x c, , then
Q Q
(A) t P (B) PQ 0 (C) PQt (D) P t
2 2
sin 2 x
31. 8 sin2 x 17 cos 2 x dx is equal to :
1 1
(A)
9
log e 8sin 2 x 17 cos 2 x c (B) log e
9
c
8 9cos 2 x
1
(C) log e c (D) None of these
9
17 9sin 2 x
sin x
36. If sin x dx Ax B log sin x c , then
(A) A sin (B) B sin (C) A cos (D) B cos
x 1
38. dx x 0 is equal to :
x 1 x3 x 2 x
1 1
(A) 2 tan 1 x 2 1 c (B) tan 1 x 1 c
x2 x
1 1
(C) 2 tan 1 x 1 c (D) 2sec 1 x 2 c
x x
2
x cos 1 3x dx P 3
39. If 1 9 x2
1 9 x 2 Q cos 1 3 x c then :
1 3 3 1
(A) P (B) Q (C) P (D) Q
9 8 8 9
p
sec x 2 sec x cos x 2
40. If 1 2sec x 2 is
sin x
41. A function f x continuous on R and periodic with 2 satisfies f x sin x f x sin 2 x then,
(A) f x
sin 2 x 1 sin 2 x
1 sin x
sin 2 x 1 sin x
(B) f x
1 sin2 x
1 1 2 cos x c
(C) f x dx x cos x tan 1 2 tan x ln
2 2 2 2 cos x
dx
42. n
is equal to :
x r
r 0
1
n
r n 1 n 1 r 1
(A)
1 . Cr ln x r c
n ! r 0
(B)
1 . ln x r 1 c
n ! r 0
n 1
1 n 1r . nCr 1 1r 1
(C) ln x r
n! r 0 c
(D)
ln x r 1
n ! r 0
43. In a certain problem the differentiation of product f x .g x appears. One student commits mistake and
d f x d g x
differentiates as . but he gets correct result if f x x 3 & g 4 9, g 2 9 &
dx dx
1
g 0 then :
3
9 d
(A) g x 3
(B) f x 3.g x 0
x 3 dx at x 100
f x .g x
(C) lim 0 (D) None of these
x 0 x 1 g x
A2 A3 1 f x g x
44. If ' A ' is a square matrix and e A is defined as e A I A ........ where
2! 3! 2 g x f x
x x
A and 0 x 1, I is an identity matrix, then:
x x
g x
f x dx ln e
x
(A) e x c. (B) f x R & g x R
e2 x
(C) f x R & g x R (D) g x 1 sin xdx 5
2sin x cos x c
x 1
2
x4 2 x3 x2 2 x 1 1
45. I x 2
x 1 2
dx is equal to (where t x
x
)
t 5
(A)
t 2 2t 3 ln t 1 t 2 2t 3 3 sin 1 c
2t 4
t5
(B)
t 2 t 3 ln t 1 t 2 t 3 3 sin 1 c
2t 4
t 5
(C)
t 2 2t 3 ln t 1 t 2 2t 3 3 cos 1 c
2t 4
(D) None of these
(D) g 2 42
1
47. I1 f x dx and I 2 0 f x dx where
f x x 2 ln 1 x 2 , then:
x3 x5 x 7 2 8
(A) I1
............... (B) I2 ln 2
1.3 3.5 5.7 3 9
x5 x7 x9 2 5
(C) I1 ......... (D) I2 ln 2
1.5 2.7 3.9 3 9
f x 2 y f x e 2 y f 2 y e x x 2 1 e 2 y 4 y 2 1 e x 4 xy x, y R and f ' 0 1, then:
(A) f x xe x x 2 . (B) f x xe x x 2 .
x3 x3
f x dx e x x 1 f x dx e x x 1
(C)
3
c (D)
3
c
1 1 2 x 2x
49. If 8
cos 2
tan 1 2
dx . has p tan 1 f x & q tan 1 g x terms and x (1, 1) , then:
1 x 1 x 1 x
(where p and q are constant)
x2 1 2
(A) f x . g x (B) p.q
2 64 2
2
(C) p.q (D) None of these
2
50. If A e ax cos bx dx and B e ax sin bx dx, then which of the following may be correct?
B b
(A) A2 B2 a2 b2 e2ax (B) tan 1
A
tan 1 bx
a
(C) (A) and (B) both (D) None of these
cos x cos3 x
51. If 1 cos3 x dx f x c, then f x is equal to:
3 3 3 3
2 1 3 1 2 2
(A) sin cos 2 x (B) sin cos 2 x (C) cos 1 cos 2 x (D) sin 1 cos 2 x
3 2 3 3
dx
x22 x7 6 Aln p
6
52. If 9 p 2 2 p3 18 p c, then:
1
1 x7 6 1 x7 6
(A) A , (B) p 7 (C) A , (D) p 7
9072 x 54432 x
1 x
53. f x etan 1 x x d cot x is equal to:
2 1
1 x 1 x
(A) e tan C (B) f x is decreasing (C) xe tan C (D) f x is increasing
x3 1 1/2
54. If the anti-derivative of
1 2x 2
which passes through (1, 2) is
m
1 2 x2 x 1 c. Then :
2
sin x sin 3 x
55. If I dx P cos x Q ln | f x | R , then :
cos2 x
3 3 2 cos x 1
(A) P 1 / 2, Q P 1 / 2, Q , f ( x)
4 2 4 2 2 cos x 1
1 2 cos x 1
(B) P 1 / 4, Q , f x
2 2 cos x 1
3 2 cos x 1
(C) P 1 / 2, Q , f x
4 2 2 cos x 1
3 2 cos x 1
(D) P 1 / 2, Q , f x
4 2 2 cos x 1
e x x3
(A) e x f x dx c (B) f x is neither even nor odd
3
e x x2
(C)
e x f x dx c (D) f 3 18
2
2 4 e2
58. Let f is a differentiable function such that f ' x f x 0 f x dx , f 0 , then:
3
(A) f x e x
e 2
1 (B) f x e x
e 2
1
3 3
(C) f x is increasing (D) f x is decreasing
x
e 1 cot x cot x dx
x 2
(B) (q) log 1 cot c
2
sin 3 x cos3 x
(C) cos 2 x sin 2 x
dx (r) sec x cos ecx c
dx 2 1 x
(D) 1 cos x sin x (s)
3
tan
3
c
(t) e x .cot x c
dx x 4a
69. If 1 sin x tan 2 a b , then the value of must be…………
dx 1/ 4
70. If P x 7 Q 4 x 7 R ln x 7 1 c , Then find the value of P + Q + R.
x7 4 x7
71. If
x 2 dx k tan
2
1
mx
, then find the value of 3k + m + c.
2
x 1 x 4
2 2
cx
dx x 1
72. If 4 3 5
k4
x2
c , then 3k is equal to____________.
x 1 x 2
m
x 2009 1 x2
73. If the primitive of the function f x w.r.t x is equal to C then find the value of
2 1006 n 1 x2
1 x
m n (where m, n N )
f x dx
74. Let f x is a quadratic function such that f 0 1 f 1 4. If x 2 x 12 is a rational function, then
f 10 .
f ' x g x g ' x f x dx f x g x
m tan 1
75. Let f x g x f x g x g2 x
ng x
c where m, n N and C is constant of
integration g x 0 then the value of m 2 n 2 is
5x
x 5x 55
76. Let a matrix ' A ' be denoted as A diag. 5x ,55 ,55 If the value of
det A dx ln 5k c then k is
cos2
cos2 1 sin 2 cos sin
77.
If ln ln
1 sin2
1 sin 2
d is equal to
a
sin 2 ln .
cos sin
b ln cos 2 c where
78. Let f & g be differentiable function for all x R & have the following properties
(i) f 'x f x g x (ii) g 'x g x f x
(iii) f 0 5 (iv) g 0 1
Then the value of f ln 2 g ln 3 is equal to
x3 x 1 1 2 x 1 1 2 x 1
2
1 2 x 1
79. If x4 x2 1
dx A1 ln x 2
x 1
A2 tan
3
A3 tan
3
A4 tan
3
c then
the value of A1 A2 A3 A4 is
ln x 1 x 2 dx fog x c, where f ( x)
x2
and g are some functions and c is an arbitrary
80. Let 1 x2 2
3 1
constant. If
f x . g x dx ax 3 g x b 1 x 2 2 c 1 x2 2 d . then a 1b c is equal to
1 x 1 1 x 1 1 x
81. x tan 2 tan 1 b
dx is equal to ax K tan c then a b
1 x 1 1 x 1 2 1 x
is equal to (where a, b, k , R )
cos x sin x 1 x
82. If dx ln f x g x c where c is the constant of integration & f x is positive, ,
e x sin x x
f x g x
then is
e x sin x
1 b
1
x 2010 x 804 x 402 2 x1608 5 x 402 10
2 x 2010 5 x804 10 x 402
402 402
83. If dx c, where c is constant
10a
Then a is equal to
'
u x u ' x u x
84. Let u x & v x are differentiable functions such that 7. If P &
v x
q
v x v ' x
pq
then has the value equal to
pq
2 x x2 A 2 x x2 B 4 x 4 2 x x2 2x 1
85. If 2
dx ln sin 1 c then A B is equal
x x 4 2 x 3
to_____.
6
x 64 x2 4 x 2 2 x 1
86. If 1
.
2 1 2
dx is equal to f x where f 1 2 then f 3
4 2 x x 4 4 x x 1 2 x
1
87. Let f x x sin x. Suppose g denotes the inverse function of f . If the value of g ' is l then 2l
4 2
sin ax . sin x b k
sin 2020 x sin
2018
88. If x dx is equal to (where k is integration constant) then
c
abc
3
dx 5 x 3 5
89. If I x 2 1 f t c (Where t ) and f 0 k ln , ( k 0 ) then k 2 is
7 x 10 x 2
x 2 3 5
equal to _____.
f 'x f x
91. Suppose 0 where f x is differentiable function with f ' x 0 & satisfies
f " x f 'x
f 0 1, f ' 0 2 If f x e x then is _____.
1 x 2 n ln 1 x
2n
2n ln x p 3
1 3ln p c (where p =
1
, , N ) then
92. If x 2n
x 2 n 1
dx
n
1
x 2n
log sin
2
5. The value of k 2 cos 2 d , where k 0 , is :
0
1 a2
(A) (B) 1 a 2 (C) 1 a2 (D)
1 a2
dx dx
7. If a cos x
2
, then the value of 3
is :
0 a 1 0 10 cos x
7 7
(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these
81 162 81
8. The smaller area enclosed by y f ( x ), when f ( x ) is a polynomial of least degree satisfying
1/ x
f ( x)
lim 1 3 e and the circle x 2 y 2 2 above the x-axis is :
x 0 x
3 3 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 5 2 5 2 5
9. The area bounded by the curves y ln x, y ln | x |, y | ln x | and y | ln | x || is :
(A) 5 sq. units (B) 2 sq. units (C) 4 sq. units (D) None of these
10. If the line y mx 2 cuts the parabola 2 y x 2 at points ( x1 , y1 ) and ( x2 , y2 ) ( x1 x2 ), then value of m for
x2 x2
which x
1
mx 2 dx is minimum is :
2
8 1
(A) 2 (B) (C)
(D) 0
3 3
11. Maximum area of rectangle whose two sides are x x0 , x π x0 and which is inscribed in a region bounded by
y sin x and x-axis is obtained when x0
(A) , (B) , (C) 0, (D) None of these
4 3 6 4 6
12. If f ( x ) a bx cx 2 , where c 0 and b 2 4ac 0, then the area enclosed by the co-ordinate axes, the line
x 2 and the curve y f ( x) is given by :
1 1
(A) [4 f (1) f (2)] (B) [ f (0) 4 f (1)]
3 2
1 1
(C) [ f (0) 4 f (1) f (2)] (D) [ f (0) 4 f (1) f (2)]
2 3
Paragraph for Questions 13 - 15
/ 2
f x satisfies the relation f x sin x cos tf t dt sin x .
0
e2 1
e2 1
(A) e2 1 (B) 2 (C) (D)
24
20. Let P( x) be a polynomial of least degree whose graph has three points of inflection ( 1, 1), (1, 1) and a point
1
with abscissa 0 at which the curve is inclined to the axis of abscissa at an angle of 60°. Then 0 P ( x)dx equals to :
3 34 3 3 3 7 32
(A) (B) (C) (D)
14 7 14 7
t 1 x 2 1
21. The value of a for which the equation( )dt a 2 x 2 (3 x 1) 2 possess a solution are :
0 sin
2 2 a
1 1 1
(A) ,n N (B) , n N (C) , n N (D) None of these
2nπ π π
2nπ nπ
2 2
22. Let f, g and h be continuous functions on [0, a] such that f ( x ) f ( a x ), g ( x ) g ( a x ) and
a
3h( x) 4h(a x ) 5. Then 0 f ( x) g ( x) h( x ) dx
(A) 5/4 (B) 3/4 (C) 1 (D) 0
Paragraph for Questions 23 - 26
x
Let f x and x are two continuous functions on R satisfying x f t dt , a 0 and another continuous function
a
2k
g x satisfying g x g x 0 x R, 0 and g t dt is independent of b.
b
23. If f (x) is an odd function, then :
(A) x is also an odd function (B) x is an even function
(C) x is neither an even nor an odd function
a
(D) For x to be an even function, it must satisfy f x dx = 0
0
1 dx
30. If a 0 b, then (a, b)
4 x 2 x3
π π π π π π
(A) , (B) 6, (C) , (D) None of these
6 4 4 2 4 2 2 2
π/3 sin x
31. Let I dx, then I belongs to :
π /4 x
3 2 2 3 1 2
(A)
8 , 6 (B)
2 , 2 (C)
2 , 2 (D) None of these
n n n 1
32. The sum of the series as n 2
2
2
.... is :
(3 4 n ) 2(3 2 4 n ) 3(3 3 4 n ) 49n
(A) 1/14 (B) 3/28 (C) 2/3 (D) π 4
1
2 x 2 3x 3
39. The value of x 1 x2 2 x 2dx is :
0
1
(A) 2 log 2 tan1 2 (B) 2 log 2 tan1
4 4 3
(C) 2 log 2 cot 1 3 (D) log 4 cot 1 2
4
2 / 2 2
sin 2n 1 x sin nx
40. If An sin x
dx; Bn
sin x
dx , for n N , then :
0 0
(A) An1 An (B) Bn1 Bn (C) An1 An Bn1 (D) Bn1 Bn An1
x 1
1 1
41. If f x f x
dx and f x dx 2 , then :
0 0
1
(A) f 2 2 (B) f 2 1 / 2 (C) f 1 2 2 (D) f x dx 2
0
dx
42. The value of 1 x4 is :
0
x2 1
(A) Same as that of 1 x4 dx (B)
2 2
0
x 2 dx
(C) Same as that of 1 x4 (D)
2
0
x
43. If f x t 1 dt , where 0 x 2 , then :
0
1 n rn 1 2n r
(C) lim
n n
f n (D) lim
n n
f n
r 1 r 1
2
47. If f 2 x f 2 x and f 4 x f 4 x for all x and f (x) is a function for which f x dx 5,
0
50
then f x dx is equal to :
0
46 51 52
(A) 125 (B) f x dx (C) f x dx (D) f x dx
4 1 2
x u
48.
f t dt du is equal to :
0 0
x x x x
(A) x u f u du (B) uf x u du (C) x f u du (D) x uf u x du
0 0 0 0
49. Which of the following statements(s) is(are) true?
(A) If function y f x is continuous at x = c such that f c 0 , then f x f c 0 x c h, c h
where h is sufficiently small positive quantity
1 2 n
(B) lim ln 1 1 .....1 1 2 ln 2.
n n n n
b
(C) Let f be a continuous and non-negative function defined on [a, b]. If f x dx 0 , then
a
f x 0 x a, b .
b
(D) Let f be a continuous function defined on [a, b]. If f x dx 0 , then there exists at least one c a, b
a
for which f (c) = 0.
1
x2 x
50. The value of e dx is :
0
1/ 2 x 1 2 x 1 2
54. 1 / 2
x 1
x 1
2 dx is :
4 3 81 256
(A) 4 ln (B) 4 ln (C) ln (D) ln
3 4 256 81
55. Let T > 0 be a fixed real number. Suppose f (x) is a continuous function for all x R, f x T f x .
T
If I f x dx then :
0
5 5T 5 5T
(A) f x dx 5I (B) f (2 x)dx 10 I
5 5
5 5T 5 5T
(C) f (3 x)dx 5 I (D) f (3 x)dx 15 I
5 5
x2
sin x
56. Let f ( x) 1 cos 2 t
dt then
2 / 4
2 / 4
3 dx
(A) f ' (B) f ' (C) f ' 3 (D) f '
2 2 2 1 cos 2 x
2
sin nx
57. Let I n sin x
dx;n N then :
20
(A) In2 In (B) I
m 1
2 m 1 20
2
ln(1 2 x )
61. If 1 x 2
dx tan 1 a ln b where a, b N , then:
0
1
n 1 k 1
63. If Lim
n n2
k
( x k )(k 1 x) dx
m n
, then:
k 0 k
1
(A) m 2, n 4 (B) m 4, n 2 (C) m 2, n 4 (D) m 2 4, n 8
x
1/2 f ( x)
64. Let g x x .e c 2x
& let f x
e 2t . 3t 2 1 dt . For a certain value of ' c ', the limit of
g ( x)
0
as x is finite and non-zero, then:
f ' x 3 f ' x 2
(A) c 1 (B) lim (C) lim (D) None of these
x g ' x 2 x g ' x 3
4 1
65. If I 3 3 ln x dx, then:
(A) I 0.92 (B) I 1 (C) I .8 (D) (B) and (C) only
1 1 1 1
x x2 x2 x2 /2
66. Consider the integrals I1 0 e cos2 x dx, I 2 0 e cos2 x dx, I 3 0 e dx and I 4 0 e dx , Then:
x 1
x 2x t
68. Let f x be a continuous function and ' c ' is a constant satisfying f t dt e ce f t e dt , then:
0 0
1 1
(A) f x e2 x 2e x (B) f x e x 2e2 x (C) c (D) c
3 2e 3 2e
1
0 xy f y dy, then:
2
69. If f x x x2 y
260 100
(A) f x (B) f 1
119 119
(C) f x have positive point of local minimum (D) f x have negative point of local minimum
2
ln t
70.. If I 1 t n dt, t 1
12
x t 2 dt
0 1/ p
71. If lim
a tr l, (where p N , p 2, a 0, r 0 and b 0 ), then:
x 0 bx sin x
(A) If l exists and is non-zero, then b 1
(B) If p 3 and l 1, then a 8
2
(C) If p 2 and a 9 and l exists and non-zero, then l
3
1
(D) If P 2 & a 9 & l exists, then l
3
1
x t
72. Suppose f x and g x are two continuous functions defined for 0 x 1. Given, f x 0 e . f t dt and
1
x t
g x 0 e .g t dt x. Then:
2
(A) f 1 0 (B) g 0 f 0
3 e2
g 0 1 2
(C) (D) g 0 f 0
g 2 3 3 e2
x 1
73. We are given the curves y f t dt through the point 0, 2 and y f x where f x 0 and f x is
differentiable, x R passes through 0,1 . Tangents drawn to both the curves at the points with equal abscissae
intersect on the same point on the X-axis. Then:
f x
(A) The number of solutions f x 2ex is 2 (B) lim f x e
x
f x
(C) lim f x 1 (D) The number of solutions f x 2ex is 1
x
x
0 4t
4
74. If f x at 3 dt and g x is quadratic satisfying g 0 6 g ' 0 c g " 0 2b 0. y h x and
i
y g x intersect in 4 distinct points with abscissae xi ; i 1, 2, 3, 4 such that xi 8, a, b, c R and
h x f ' x . Then :
(A) Abscissae of point of intersection are in AP (B) a 20
(C) c 25 (D) ca 6
x
75. Let f x and g x be differentiable functions such that f x 0 g t dt sin x cos x sin x and
2 2
f ' x g x 1, then f x and g x respectively, can be:
1 cos 2 x 1
(A) sin 2 x,sin 2 x (B) ,cos 2 x (C) sin 2 x, sin 2 x (D) cos 2 x, cos 2 x
2 2 2
76. The function f :[0, 1] [0, 1] is continuous and has the property f f x 1 x for all x 0,1 and
1
0 f x dx, then:
1 3
(A) f f 1 (B) the value of equals to 1 2
4 4
1 2 /2 sin xdx
(C) f . f
3
1
3
(D) 0 sin x cos x 3
has the same value as
x
3
(A) If I x dx , then I is (p) Independent of
2
Let , be the distinct positive roots of the equation tan x 2 x , then
1
(B) (q) Independent of
sin x.sin x dx where 0 ) is
0
2
If f x f x 0 , where 0 , then f x dx , where
(C) (r) Independent of
N is
sin x dx is, where 0 , 2 1 , 2 2 n N ,
(D) (s) Depends on
0
and where [.] denotes the greatest integer function
e
81. Let I(n) x 3 (log x)n dx , where n is a whole number.
i
Column 1 Column 2
64
(A) I (2) (p) 1
5e4 1
4 I (n ) n I (n 1)
(B) , for n 1 (q) 3
e4
e4 4
(C) The least value of ‘n’, for which I (n) , is (r) 2
4
(D) lim I(n) (s) 0
n
1
207 7
85. If the value of the definite integral C7 x 200 .1 x dx is equal to 1/k where k N , then the value of k/26 is____.
0
6n
86. If the value of lim n3 / 2
n
j 1
j is equal to N , then the value of N/12 is ______.
x
1004
1 x 1004 dx
87. The value of 22010 1
0
is _______.
1004
x
1004
1 x 2010
dx
0
4 1
2
88. Let J 5 (3 x ) tan(3 x 2 )dx and K 2 (6 6x x
2
) tan(6 x x 2 6)dx Then J + K is _______.
1
n In
89. Let I n 0 x 1 x 2 dx then find the value of lim .
n I n 2
n n n
1
90. For differentiable function f x , if
0 f ' x x x dx A1
2 0 f x dx A2 f 0 A3 f n A4 f r ,
r 0
(where [.] Denotes the G.I.F and A1 , A2 , A3 , A4 are constant n N ) then A1 A2 A3 A4 is equal to_____.
91. For positive integers k 1, 2,3,......, n, let Sk denotes the area of AOBk (where ' O ' is origin)
n
k 1
such that AOBk
2n
, OA 1 and OBk k. If the value of lim 2
n n
Sk 2 , then ' ' is equal to]
k 1
n n
C
92. If lim
n
nk k k 3 p then p is_____.
k 0
93. Let f x be a continuous function with continuous first derivative on a , b , where b a, and let
2
lim f x , lim f x and f ' x f x 1, for all x in a, b , if the minimum value of b a
x a x b
equals to k then k is_____.
101 x
94. Let f x be a continuous function such that f x 0 for all x 0 and f x 1 0 f t dt. then
( f (101))100 is equal to_____.
xy x
95. If x f t dt is independent of x and f 2 2, if the value of 1 f t dt k.ln x then k is_____.
2
x2
96. Let y f x be a quadratic function with f ' 2 1. Then the value of the integral f ( x)·sin dx is__.
2
2
2
3
97. If a1 , a2 and a3 are the three values of a which satisfy the equation (sin x a cos x) dx
0
2
4a
2 x cos x dx 2
then a12 a22 a32 is equal to_____.
0
n t n 2
98. If 2 2
dt x 0 then the number of integral values of ' x ' satisfying this equation is_____.
x t 4
0
x 1
99. Let F x 4 t 2 dt and G x 4 t 2 dt then the value of FG ' 0 is___. (where dash denotes the
1 x
derivative).
x f 1 x
100. Let ' x ' be a real valued differentiable function satisfying f f x f y and lim 3. If the area
y x 0 x
bounded by the curve y f x , the Y-axis and the line y 3, where x, y R is K . then K is_____.
y 3 x 1
101. Let S x, y : 0 , S ' x, y A B : 1 A 1, 1 B 1 , then the area of the region enclosed
x 3x 2
by all points in S S ' is_____.
102. A positive real valued continuously differentiable functions f on the real line such that for all x
x
and g are trigonometric functions then the value of j 0 is equal to cos 1 .54
dx a
105. For a 2, if the value of the definite integral a2 x (1 x) 2 equals to
5050
then
25
is_____.
0
106. If (cos x cos 2 x cos 3 x) 2 (sin x sin 2 x sin 3 x ) 2 dx has the value equal to w where k and w are
k
0
a b
x sin 3 x
108. If 4 cos2 x dx 1 a ln b where a and b are prime and c N , then a b c
c
0
/2
109. Consider a real valued continuous function f such that f x sin x /2 sin x tf t dt. then minimum value
of f x is_____.
dy
3. The solution of x3 4 x 2 tan y e x sec y satisfying y (1) 0 is :
dx
(A) tan y ( x 2)e x log x (B) sin y e x ( x 1) x 4
(C) tan y ( x 1)e x x 3 (D) sin y e x ( x 1) x 3
xdx ydy a 2 x2 y 2
4. The solution of is :
xdy ydx x2 y 2
y y
(A) x 2 y 2 a sin tan 1 C (B) x 2 y 2 a cos tan 1 C
x x
5. The curve y f ( x ) is such that the area of the trapezium formed by the coordinate axes ordinate of an arbitrary point
and the tangent at this point equals half the square of its abscissa. The curve is
(A) y cx 2 x (B) y cx 2 1 (C) y cx x 2 (D) y cx 2 x 1
dy
6. The real value of m for which the substitution y u m will transform the differential equation 2 x 4 y y 4 4 x 6 into
dx
a homogeneous equation is
3 2
(A) m0 (B) m 1 (C) m (D) m
2 3
2 3
dy x 2 y 2 dy x3 y 3 dy
7. Solution of the differential equation x 1 xy ........ is :
dx 2! dx 3! dx
(A) y ln( x ) c (B) y (ln x )2 c
dy 1
8. The solution of the differential equation is :
dx xy[ x 2 sin y 2 1]
2 2
(A) x 2 (cos y 2 sin y 2 2Ce y ) 2 (B) y 2 (cos x 2 sin y 2 2Ce y ) 2
2
(C) x 2 (cos y 2 sin y 2 e y ) 4C (D) None of these
Paragraph for Questions 9 - 13
Let us represent the derivative dy/dx by p. An equation of the form y px f p . . . .(i)
Is known as Clairut’s equation where f (p) is a function of p. To solve equation (1), we differentiate the equation with respect to
dp dp dp dp
x, we get p p x f p x f p 0 0 . . . .(ii) Or, x f p 0 . . . .(iii)
dx dx dx dx
Now, (ii) gives p = constant = c, say
Then eliminating p from (i) we get y = cx + f (c) . . . .(iv)
Which is a solution of equation (i). If we eliminate p between (i) and (iii) we will obtain another solution not contained in the
general solution (iv). This solution is known as the singular solution.
9. The general equation of the equation y = px + log p which does not contain the singular solution, is
1
(A) y = cx + logc (B) y cx (C) y = logx + c (D) y = –logx + c
c
10. The singular solution of the differential equation given in previous problem is :
(A) y = –x + 1 (B) y=x+1 (C) y + 1 = logx (D) y + 1 = –log(–x)
2
dy dy
11. Non-singular solution of the differential equation x y is :
dx dx
(A) y2 = cx + c (B) y = cx + c2 (C) cy = x2 + c (D) y = cx2 + c
12. Singular solution of the differential equation given in the previous question is :
x x2 x2
(A) y (B) y (C) y (D) y=x
4 4 4
2
dy dy
13. Solution of the differential equation x 2 y x y which does not contain singular solution is :
dx dx
(A) x 2 y xc yc 2 (B) y cx c 2 (C) y 2 cx 2 c 2 (D) xy = cx2 +c
4
dy dy
14. The solution of y 2 x x 2 is :
dx dx
(A) y 2c1/2 x1/4 c (B) y 2 c x 2 c 2 (C) y 2 c ( x 1) (D) y 2 cx c 2
y y
15. Solution of the differential equation x cos ( ydx xdy ) y sin ( xdy ydx ) is :
x x
x y y y
(A) y cx cos (B) sec cxy (C) sec c (D) none of these
y
x
x x
1 y 2 x
2
1
16. Solution of the differential equation 2 dx 2
dy 0 is :
x ( x y ) ( x y ) y
x xy xy xy
(A) ln c (B) ce x / y (C) ln xy c (D) None of these
y x y x y x y
21. The orthogonal trajectories of the family of coaxial circles x 2 y 2 2 gx C 0, where g is a parameter are
(A) family of circles with centre on y-axis (B) system of coaxial parabolas
2 2
(C) x y C ' x Cy 0, where C’ is an arbitrary constant (D) system of circles with centre on x-axis
22. A curve f ( x ) passes through the point P (1,1). The normal to the curve at point P is a( y 1) ( x 1) 0. If the slope of
the tangent at any point on the curve is proportional to the ordinate at that point, then the equation of the curve is
(A) y e ax 1 (B) y 1 eax (C) y e a ( x 1) (D) y a e ax
25. A tangent drawn to the curve y = f (x) at P(x, y) cuts the x-axis and y-axis at A and B respectively such that
BP: AP = 3:1, given that f(1) = 1, then :
dy
(A) Equation of curve is x 3 y 0 (B) Normal at (1,1) is x 3 y 4
dx
dy
(C) Curve passes through (2, 1/8) (D) Equation of curve is x 3 y 0
dx
26. If f x , g x be twice differentiable functions on [0, 2] satisfying f '' x g '' x , f ' 1 2 g ' 1 4 and
f 2 3g 2 9, then :
(A) f 4 g 4 10 (B) f x g x 2 2 x 0
(C) f 2 g 2 x 1 (D) f x g x 2 x has real root
dy 6 x2
27. Given the differential equation ; y 1 and the following statements
dx 2 y cos y
(A) Solution is y 2 sin y 2 x3 c (B) Solution is y 2 sin y 2 x3 c
(C) c 2 2 (D) c 2 2
28.
The equation of the curve satisfying the differential equation y2 x 2 1 2 xy1 passing through the point (0, 1) and
nd st
having slope of tangent at x = 0 as 3(where y2 and y1 represents 2 and 1 order derivative), then :
(A) y f ( x) is strictly increasing function (B) y f ( x) is non-monotonic function
(C) y f ( x) has three distinct real roots (D) y f ( x) has only one negative root
29. For the central conics having their axes along the coordinates :
2
dy dy d2y
(A) Differential equation is y x xy 2 (B) Order is 2 and degree is1
dx dx dx
2 3
dy dy d2y
(C) Differential equation is xy x y 2 (D) Order is 2 and degree is 3
dx dx dx
30.
For the differential equation 3x 2 y 2 ydx 2 x 2 x 3 y 2 dy 0
33. A right circular cylinder with radius R and height H contains a liquid which evaporates at a rate proportional to its
surface area in contact with air (proportionality constant = K > 0). If T is time after which cylinder will be empty, then
(A) T is dependent on R (B) T is independent of R
(C) T is dependent on H (D) T is dependent on K
37. If the length of perpendicular from origin to any normal to the curve y = f x is equal to its y intercept, then
1
(C) f x f (D) All of these
x
x x
39. If f x is a function such that x 1 t f t dt tf t dt ; f 1 1 , then :
0 0
1
(A) f ( x ) 3ln x 1 (B) x 2 y 2 2ax 2by c 0
x
(C) Degree of the differential equation is 1 (D) All of these
dy dy 3 dy
40. The solutions of y x are given by (where p and k is constant)
dx dx dx
2
(A) The constant function y = 0 (B) y kp 3 e1 / 2 p ( p p3 )
2 2
(C) y kp3 e1 / 2 p ( p p3 ) (D) ye1 / 2 p p 2 1
d2y x3 d 2 x d 2 y 8 y3 d 2 x
41. If y f x is solution of such that f 0 2 and y g x is solution of 3 . 0
dx 2 y 3 dy 2 dx 2 x dy 2
1
such that g 1 , then:
3
(A) Domain of region f x g x is 2, 2 (B) Domain of region f x g x is 3, 3
dny
42. If y e x sin x and yn an y 0 where an is constant for n N & yn ( nth derivative of y ), then:
dx n
(A) a4 4 (B) a8 16 (C) a12 64 (D) a16 256
43. If y f x ; f x 0 & f 0 0 bounding a curvilinear trapezoid with base 0, x whose area is proportional to 3rd
power of f(x). If f 1 3 , then:
(A)
Range of f sin 2 x is 3, 3
(B)
Domain of f ln 2 x 3 is 2,
(C)
Range of f sec2 x is 3,
7
(D) Area bounded by y f x line x 0, y 1 & y 2 is
9
d3y d2y dy
44. If differential equation of the curve y ae3 x be 2 x ce x is 3
m 2
n py 0 , then:
dx dx dx
(A) m n is a prime number (B) m n is always divisible by any odd number
(C) m n p is a negative integer (D) m is divisible by two prime numbers
45. If right circular cone with radius 18 & height 27 contains a liquid which evaporates at a rate proportional to its surface
area in contact with air (proportionality constant k 0 ). If volume of liquid is V & r is radius of surface of liquid
left, then:
1 dV 3 1 dr
(A) 2 dr
(B) k
r 2 r 2 dt
2k 3
(C) Radius as function of time r t t c (D) Total time taken to empty the cone is unit
3 2
46. If A tangent drawn to the curve y f x at x, y cuts the x axis and y axis at A and B respectively such
BP 3
that given f 1 1 , then:
AP 1
dy
(A) differential equation of curve may be x 3y 0
dx
dy
(B) differential equation of curve may be x 3y
dx
(C) If tangent at R , intersect again at S m, n then m 2 0
(D) equation of normal at 1,1 is 3 y x 2
dy x 2 y
47. If such that y f x is a solution of differential equation & f 0 0 , then:
dx x y
48. Let C be a curve such that the normal at any point P on it meets x -axis and y -axis at A and Y respectively. If
BP : PA 1: 2 (internally) and the curve passes through the point 0, 4 then which of the following alternative(s)
is/are correct?
(A) The curves passes through 10, 6
(B) The equation of tangent at 4, 4 3 is 2 x 3 y 20
(C) The differential equation for the curve is yy ' 2 x 0
(D) The curve represent a hyperbola
x
49. A differentiable function satisfies f x 0 f t cos t cos t x dt. which is of the following hold good?
(A) f x has a minimum value 1 e (B) f x has a maximum value 1 e1
f ' 0 1
(C) f " e (D)
2
x
dy e , if x 2
50. Let y f x where y is a continuous function of x with y 0 1 and f x . Which is of
dx 2
e , if x 2
the following hold(s) good?
(A) y 1 2e 1 (B) y ' 1 e 1 (C) y 3 2e3 (D) y ' 3 2e 3
2 2
51. The function f x satisfying the equation f x 4 f ' x . f x f ' x 0
(A) f x C.e
2 3 x (B) f x C.e
2 3 x
(C) f x C.e
32 x
(D) f x C.e
2 3 x
52. Which of the following pair( s ) is/are orthogonal?
(A) 16 x 2 y 2 C and y16 kx (B) y x Ce x and x 2 y ke y
(C) y Cx 2 and x 2 2 y 2 k (D) x 2 y 2 C and xy k
dy y
53. The general solution of the differential equation , x y. log is:
dx x
(A) y xe1Cx (B) y xe1 Cx (C) y ex.eCx (D) y xeCx
54. Identify the statement(s) which is/are true?
y
(A) f x, y e y / x tan is homogeneous of degree zero.
x
y y2 y
(B) x.log dx sin 1 dy 0 is homogeneous
x x x
(C) f x, y x 2 sin x.cos y is not homogeneous.
If f x x
x f t f sin sin d
58. 1 t
dt , then 0 sin
is equal to:
(A) ln 2 (B) ln 2 (C) ln 2 (D) ln 2
2 2
dy dx
59. If y x, y 2 1, then :
dx dy
ax
3
(B) bx dx 0 is true for all real values of (q) 0
1
10 2 n 10 2 n 1
1
(C)
sin 27 x dx sin 27 x dx (r)
n 1 n 1
2 n 1 n 1 2 n
/4
(t) a, c
(u) c
61. MATCH THE FOLLOWING :
Column 1 Column 2
(A)
If the curve satisfy the equation e 1 ydy y 1 e dx
x x
passes
(p) 1
through (0, 0) and (k, 1) then k is
dy
If the curve satisfy the equation x y xy 3 passes, through (1,1)
dx
(B) (q) Not defined
3
and , p then p is
2
dy xy y
If , then the solution of the differential equation always
(C) dx xy x (r) ln e 1
passes through the point origin and (k, 1) then k is
dy 3x 4 y 2
The solution of the equation passes through origin
(D) dx 3x 4 y 3 (s)
the distance of it from (–1, 1) is
Column 1 Column 2
Order of differential equation whose general solution is given by
(A) y c1 c2 cos x c3 c4e x c5 c5 sin x , where c1 , c2 , c3 , c4 , c5 are (p) 1
arbitrary constants, is
Order of differential equation formed by eliminating the constants from
(B) y a sin 2 x b cos 2 x c sin 2 x d cos 2 x e sin x, , where a, b, c , d are (q) 2
arbitrary constants, is
3/2
dy 2
d2y
(C) The degree of equation 1 0 (r) 3
dx 2 dx
If real value of m for which the substitution, y u m will transform the differential
(C) dy (r) 2
equation, 2 x 4 y y 4 4 x 6 in to a homogenous equation, then the value of 2m is
dx
d2y dy
If the solution of differential equation x 2 2
2x 12 y is
(D) dx dx (s) 1
m n
y Ax Bx , then m n is
d2y 2 1 y dy 2 d2z 2 dz
2
1 is changed to cos z k , then the value of k equals ____________.
dx 2 1 y 2 dx dx 2 dx
y
67. Let y y t be a solution to the differential equation y 2ty t 2 , then 16 lim is ____________.
t t
dy 1
68. If the solution of the differential equation is x cesin y k 1 sin y , then the value of k is
dx x cos y sin 2 y
3
d 2 y dy dy
69. If the independent variable x is changed to y, then the differential equation x 0 is changed to
dx 2 dx dx
2
d 2 x dx
x 2 k where k equals ____________.
dy dy
70. The curve passing through the point (1, 1) satisfies the differential equation
dy
x 2
1 y2 1 0 . If the curves
dx xy
passes through the point
2, k then the value of [k] is (where [.] represents greatest integer function.
71. Tangent is drawn at the point xi , yi on the curve y = f x , which intersects the x-axis at xi 1 ,0 . Now, again a
tangent is drawn at xi 1 , yi 1 on the curve which intersects the x-axis at xi 2 ,0 and the process is repeated n
times, i.e., i 1, 2,3,........., n. If x1 , x2 , x3 ,........, xn form an arithmetic progression with common difference equal to
log 2 e and curve passes through (0, 2). Now if curve passes through the point (–2, k), then the value of k is
____________.
72. The perpendicular from the origin to the tangent at any point on a curve is equal to the abscissa of the point of contact.
Also curve passes through the point (1, 1). Then the length of intercept of the curve on the x-axis is ____________.
dy
73. If the solution of the differential equation y 1 e x and y 0 y0 has a finite value, when x , then the
dx
value of 2 / y0 is ____________.
74.
2 4
3 3
Find the constant of integration by the general solution of the differential equation 2 x y 2 y dx 2x 3xy dy 0
if curve passes through (1, 1).
75. A tank initially contains 50 gallons of fresh water. Brine contains 2 pounds per gallon of salt, flows into the tank at the
rate of 2 gallons per minutes and the mixture kept uniform by stirring, runs out at the same rate. If it will take for the
quantity of slat in the tank to increase from 40 to 80 pounds (in seconds) is 206 , then find . (given ln 3 1.0986 )
77. If x is a differential real-valued function satisfying ' x 2 x 1, then the maximum value of
2 x , equal to ____.
78. The degree of the differential equation satisfied by the curves 1 x a 1 y 1, is ____.
3
79. Let f x be a twice differentiable bounded function satisfy 2 f 5 x . f ' x 2 f ' x . f 5 x f '' x . If f x is
bounded in between y k1 , and y k2 , Then the number of integers between k1 and k2 is/are (where
f 0 f ' 0 0)
dy 2 d2y
81. y f x is a particular solution of differential equation y 2 e x such that f 0 1 f ' 0 , then the
dx dx
value of f 2 ln 2 is ____.
2 2
dy x y 2 y 1
82. The differential equation determines a curve y f x & f 0 1 then f 3 is equal to
dx x 32
____.
dy y sin 1 x
83. If y f x is solution of differential equation 2 , if f 0 0 , then, is equal to ____.
2 x dx x 2x 2 f 1
1 1
84. If f ' x 2 f x where f : , 1 R such that f 2e then maximum value of f ln 2 is____.
2 2
2 2
dy x my x
2
85. If differential equation of the curve x y c x y 2 2
2 2
is , then m n is ____.
dx y 3x2 ny 2
1
x x 1 dg
86. If x 0 f t dt x 1 0 t f t dt for x R . f 1 and g x e x . f x then, g ' 1 (where g ' denotes )
e dx
is ____.
2
dy dy
87. If differential equation of first degree of a curve is given by x 2 x 2 y 1 y 2 y 2 0 , then
dx dx
y 2015 . x is a positive prime number ' P ' then the value of P is ____.
d2y
88. The order of differential equation of family of circles in a plane is m and highest power of second differential 2 is
dx
n then m n ____.
1
89. Let y f x be a curve C1 passing through 2,2 and 8, and satisfying a differential equation
2
d2y 2
dy
y 2 2 . Curve C2 is the director circle of the circle x 2 y 2 2. If the shortest distance between the
dx dx
curves C1 and C2 is
p q where p, q N , then find the value of p 2 q .
1
90. A function y f x satisfies xf ' x 2 f x x 4 f 2 x , x 0 and f 1 6. Find the value of f ' 3 5 .
91. For y 0, if y is a differentiable function of x such that y x y x and
dx
x 2 y ln k y c where k N then k
92. Let C be the curve passing through the point (1, 1) has the property that the perpendicular distance of the origin from the
normal at any point P of the curve is equal to the distance of P from the x-axis, If the area bounded by the curve C and
k
x – axis in the first quadrant is square units, then the value of ' k ' is____.
2
93. Let y f x be a curve passing through e, e e which satisfy the differential equation
e
2 n y x y loge x dx x loge x dy 0, x 0, y 0 . If g x lim f x , then g x dx
n
1e
3 3 1 2
(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these
2 5 3 3
7. The position vectors of the vertices A, B and C of a triangle are three unit vectors aˆ , bˆ and cˆ . A vector d is such that
d aˆ d bˆ d cˆ and d (bˆ cˆ) , then triangle ABC is :
(A) Acute angled (B) Obtuse angled (C) Right angled (D) None of these
8. If a , b , c and d are four non-coplanar unit vectors, a , b , c are mutually perpendicular, such that d makes equal
angles with all the three vectors a , b , c , then :
(A) a b b c c a (B) a b b c c a
(C) [d a b ] [d b c ] [d a c ] (D) [d a b ] [d b c ] [d c a ]
9. Let the vectors a , b , c and d be such that c 3d b a . Then the points with position vectors as a , b , c and d
are :
(A) coplanar (B) collinear (C) non-coplanar (D) None of these
10. Let α aiˆ bjˆ ckˆ and β biˆ cjˆ akˆ , where a, b, c R. If ‘’ be the angle between α and β then :
(A) (0, /2) (B) [0, 2/3] (C) (2/3, ] (D) None of these
11.
If the lines r a t b c , and r b s c a intersect (t and s are scalars) then :
(A) a c 0 (B) a c b c (C) b c 0 (D) None of these
20. Let position vector of point A be iˆ ˆj kˆ and that of point B be iˆ kˆ , then the position vector of point R r such
that AR is perpendicular to BR and r is not perpendicular to r ˆj 2 kˆ is :
(A) r iˆ 2 ˆj (B) r 2iˆ ˆj kˆ (C) r kˆ 2iˆ (D) None of these
21. If three coterminous edges of a tetrahedron are a , b , c such that | a | = 2, | b | = 3, | c | = 4, angle between a and b is
, b and c is and c and a is . The area of the base is 2 sq. units, then the height of the tetrahedron is :
3 4 6
3 62
(A) 3 32 (B) 3 62 (C)
2
(D) None of these
22. If (a b ) (c d ) .(c b ) = 0 then which of the following is always true :
(A) a , b , c and d are necessary coplanar (B) at least one of a or d must lie in plane of b and c
(C) at least one of b or c must lie in plane of a and d
(D) at least one of a or b must lie in plane of c and d
23. If α̂ and β̂ be two perpendicular unit vectors such that x = β̂ ( α̂ x ), then | x | is equal to :
1
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) (D) None of these
2
24. If a , b , c , d are on a circle of radius R whose centre is at origin and c a is perpendicular to d b , then
| d a |2 | b c |2 = (AC is diameter)
(A) R2 (B) R2 2 (C) 2R 2
(D) 4R 2
25. The vector, directed along the internal bisector of the angle between the vectors a 7 iˆ 4 ˆj 4 kˆ & b 2 iˆ ˆj 2 kˆ
with c = 5 6 is:
5 ˆ 5 ˆ 5 ˆ
(A)
3
i 7 ˆj 2kˆ (B)
3
i 7 ˆj 2kˆ (C)
3
i 7 ˆj 2 kˆ (D) None of these
(C) 2 6 2 iˆ 2
3 6 2 ˆj (D) None of these
33. If the interior and exterior bisectors of the angle A of a triangle ABC meet the base BC at D and E, then :
(A) 2 BC BD BE (B) BC 2 BD BE
2 1 1
(C) (D) None of these
BC BD BE
34. If ABC be a triangle of sides a, b, c with position vectors of A, B, C as a , b and c respectively, then the position vector
of its incentre is :
(a b c ) a b b c c a
(A) (B)
3 a 2 b2 c 2
aa bb cc
(C) (D) None of these
a bc
35. ABC is a triangle. AD, AD’ are internal and external bisectors of angle A, meeting BC at D and D’ respectively. A’ is the
mid-point of DD’ and B’, C’ are similar points on CA and AB. Then A’, B’, C’
(A) Lie on a plane (B) Form an equilateral triangle.
(C) Form an isosceles triangle (D) None of these
37. The vector OP 5i 12 j 13kˆ turns through an angle of about O passing through the positive side of ĵ axis an iff
2
way. The vector in the new position is:
2 2
(A)
97
30iˆ 97 ˆj 78kˆ (B)
98
30iˆ 97 ˆj 78kˆ
3
(C)
97
30iˆ 97 ˆj 78kˆ (D) None of these
1
38. If a, b and c are three non-parallel unit vectors such that a (b c ) b , the angle between b and c is:
2
(A) /2 (B) /3 (C) /4 (D) /6
39. p2 is equal to :
(A) 9 (B) 2 2 1 (C) 6 2 3 (D) 9 4 2
40. p1 p2 is equal to :
(A) 2 (B) 10 (C) 18 (D) 5
46. ˆ βˆ and γˆ be the unit vectors such that α̂ and βˆ are mutually perpendicular and γ̂ is equally inclined to
Let α,
α̂ and βˆ at an angle . If ̂ = x αˆ yβˆ z αˆ βˆ , then :
(A) 2
z 1 2x 2
(B) z 1 2 y2
2
(C) z 2 1 x2 y2 (D) x2 y 2
47. Unit vectors aˆ and bˆ are inclined at an angle 2 and aˆ bˆ 1 . If 0 < then may belong to :
(A) [0, /6) (B) (5/6, ) (C) [/6, /2] (D) [/6, 5/6]
48. The position vectors of the vertices A, B and C of a triangle are iˆ ˆj , ˆj kˆ and iˆ kˆ respectively. A unit vector r̂
lying in the plane of ABC and perpendicular to IA, where I is the incentre of the triangle is :
iˆ ˆj kˆ iˆ ˆj ˆj iˆ iˆ ˆj kˆ
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 2 2 3
49. A and B are two points in space with position vector a and b respectively. Then the value of such that the system
of equations | 3r 2a b | | a b | and [r a (1 )b ] (a b ) = 0 does not have any solution :
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) –2 (D) None of these
50. The position vectors of the vertices A, B, C of a triangle are a , b and c respectively, where c = a b and a and b
are noncollinear vectors. If d , the position vector of the centroid of the triangle ABC, makes equal angles ‘’ with
the vectors a , b and c , then :
(A) | a | = | b |. (B) | a | | b |.
1
(C) the value of is cos1 if a .b = 0. (D) the value of is cos1 2 if a .b = 0.
3 5
51. The vector sum of a and b trisects the angle between them. If a a ; b b ; a b, then
a 2 b2 a 2 b 2
(A) = 3cos–1 2b (B) = 3cos–1 a (C) a b (D) a b
a 2b
b b
52. The position vectors of the points A, B, C are respectively (1,1,1), (1,–1,2), (0,2,–1). The unit vector parallel to the plane
determined by A, B, C and perpendicular to the vector (1,0,1) is/are :
5i j kˆ i 5 j kˆ 5i j kˆ i 5 j kˆ
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
53. A line passes through the points whose position vectors are i j 2 k and i 3 j k . The position vector of a point
on it at a unit distance from the first point is :
1 1 1
(A)
5
5 i j 7 k (B) 5
(5 i 9 j 13 k ) (C) i 4 j 3k (D)
29
2i 4 j 3k
54. The volume of a right triangular prism ABC A1 B1C1 is equal to 3. If the position vectors of the vertices of the base
ABC are A(1, 0, 1) ; B(2,0, 0) and C(0, 1, 0) the position vectors of the vertex A1 can be :
(A) (2, 2, 2) (B) (0, 2, 0) (C) (0, –2, 2) (D) (0, –2, 0)
55. For non-zero vectors a , b , c , | ( a b ).c || a || b || c | holds then :
(A) a .b 0, b .c 0 (B) b .c 0, c .a 0 (C) c .a 0, a .b 0 (D) a.b b.c c.a 0
56. Three points having position vectors a , b and c will be collinear if :
(A) a b ( )c (B) [a b c ] 0
(C) a b b c c a 0 (D) ac b
57. If a , b , c and d are any four vectors, then ( a b ) (c d ) is a vector:
(A) Perpendicular to a , b , c and d
(B) Along the line of intersection of two planes, one containing a , b other containing c , d
(C) Equally inclined to both a b and c d
(D) None of these
58. a and b are two unit vectors inclined at an angle ( [0, ]) to each other and | a b | 1 then can lie in :
2 2 5 2 5
(A) , (B) , (C) , (D) ,
3 3 3 2 3 6 3 7
59. If a 2iˆ ˆj kˆ, b iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ and c iˆ ˆj 2kˆ be three vectors. A vector in the plane of the b and c whose
2
projection on a is of magnitude is :
3
(A) 2iˆ 3 ˆj 3kˆ (B) 2iˆ 3 ˆj 3kˆ (C) 2iˆ ˆj 5kˆ (D) 2iˆ ˆj 5kˆ
60. The vector along the bisector of the angle between the two vectors 2iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ and iˆ 2 ˆj 2kˆ having magnitude of 2
units is:
2 1 2 1
(A)
10
3iˆ kˆ (B)
26
iˆ 4iˆ 3kˆ (C)
26
iˆ 4iˆ 3 kˆ (D)
26
iˆ 4iˆ 3 kˆ
61. Let a (b c ), b (c a ) and v c ( a b ) . Then :
(A) v (B) , and v are coplanar
(C) v 0 (D) v
ˆ ˆ
62. Let the position vectors of the points A, B, C be a i 2 j 3kˆ, b iˆ ˆj 8kˆ and c 4iˆ 4 ˆj 6kˆ respectively,
then:
(A) ABC is equilateral (B) ABC is right angled
2 2 2
(C) | b c | | c a | 2 | a b | (D) | b c |2 | c a |2 | a b |2
(B)
(q)
If a , b are two unit vectors inclined at π 3 , then [ a b a b b ] is 0
(C) If b , c are orthogonal unit vectors and b c a , then [ a b c a b b c ] is (r) 4/3
(D) (s)
If [ x y a ] [ x y b ] [ a b c ] 0 each vector being a non-zero vector, then [ x y c ] is 1
coplanar is
(D) If A 2iˆ ˆj 3kˆ , B 2iˆ ˆj kˆ , C 3iˆ ˆj and A B is perpendicular to C , (s) 3
then | 2 | is
e, π
If a , b , c be three vectors such that a c 1, b 4 and b c 15 if
(D) (s)
b 2c 4a , then belongs to
68. Two given points P and Q in the rectangular cartesian coordinates lie on y 2x2 such that OP.iˆ 1 and OQ. iˆ 2
OQ 4 OP
where iˆ is a unit vector along the x-axis . The magnitude of is _______.
2
69. Line L1 is parallel to a vector α 3iˆ 2 ˆj 4kˆ and passes through a point A (7,6,2) and the line L2 is parallel to a
vector β 2iˆ ˆj 3kˆ and passes through a point B (5, 3,4). Now a line L3 parallel to a vector r 2iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ
intersects the lines L1 and L2 at points C and D respectively. then CD is_______.
70. Let a 2iˆ ˆj 2kˆ and b iˆ ˆj . If c is a vector such that a.c c , c a = 2 2 and the angle between a b and
c is 300, then the value of a b 2c is_______.
71.
If a b c a .b b 4 2β sin α b β 2 1 c and c .c a c where b and c are non-collinear and , are
scalars then β _______.
72. Let u and v be unit vectors. if ω is a vector such that ω ω u v , if the maximum volume of the parallelepiped
formed by u , v and ω is p then 12p = _______.
73. Let u , v , w be such that u 1, v 2, w 3 . If the projection v along u is equal to that of w along u and v , w
2
u v w
are perpendicular to each other, then equals _______.
2
74. Let a iˆ ˆj kˆ , b x1iˆ x2 ˆj x3kˆ , where x1 , x2 , x3 {3, 2, 1,0,1, 2}. Number of possible vectors b such that
p
a and b are mutually perpendicular, is p then
5
u
2u
v
75. If in a triangle ABC, BC and AC where | u || v | , then 1 + cos 2A + cos 2B + cos 2C =
|u | |v | |u |
76. Let u and v are unit vectors and w is a vector such that u v u w and w u v , Then the value of
[uvw] =_______.
77. If | a | | b | | c | 2 and a b b c c a 1 , then [a b b c c a ] is_______.
79. Let A(2iˆ 3 ˆj 5kˆ), B( iˆ 3 ˆj 2kˆ) and C (iˆ 5 ˆj kˆ) are vertices of a triangle and its median through A is equally
inclined to the positive directions of the axes. Find the value of 2
80. Let A, B, C be points with position vectors r1 2iˆ ˆj kˆ, r2 iˆ 2 ˆj 3kˆ and r3 3iˆ ˆj 2kˆ relative to the origin ‘O’.
Find the shortest distance between point B and plane OAC.
81. Volume of tetrahedron whose vertices are the points with position vectors iˆ 6 ˆj 10kˆ, iˆ 3 ˆj 7 kˆ, 5iˆ ˆj hkˆ and
82. If a , b , c are unit vectors such that a b 0 a c and the angle between b and c is . Then the value of
3
a b a c is ______.
83. Given that the vectors a , b and c (no two of them are collinear). Further if ( a b ) is collinear with c , (b c ) is
collinear with a and | a || b || c | 2. Then the value of | a b b c c a | is _____.
84. Let a iˆ ˆj , b iˆ 2 ˆj 2kˆ, c iˆ ˆj kˆ and d 2iˆ ˆj kˆ, then the shortest distance between the lines r a tb and
1
r c pd is k, then the value of 2 is _____.
k
7. A variable plane passes through a fixed point (a, b, c) and meets the coordinate axes in A, B, C. The locus of the point
common to the plane and also planes through A, B, C parallel to coordinate planes is:
(A) ayz + bzx + cxy = xyz (B) axy + byz + czx = xyz
(C) axy + byz + czx = abc (D) bcx + acy + abz = abc
8. The equation of the plane bisecting the acute angle between the planes2x – y + 2z + 3 = 0 and 3x – 2y + 6z + 8 = 0 is :
(A) 23x – 13y + 32z + 45 = 0 (B) 5x – y – 4z = 3
(C) 5x – y – 4z + 45 = 0 (D) 23x – 13y + 32z + 3 = 0
z–1
9. Direction cosines of normal to the plane containing lines x = y = z and x – 1 = y – 1 = (where dR – {1}), are :
d
1 1 1 1 1 1
(A) , , 0 (B) , 0, (C) 0, , (D) None of these
2 2 2 2 2 2
10. The equation of the straight line through the origin parallel to the line (b + c)x + (c + a)y + (a + b)z = k = (b – c)x + (c –
a)y + (a – b)z is :
x y z x y z
(A) 2 2
2 2
2 2
(B)
b c c a a b b c a
x y z
(C) 2
2 2 (D) None of these
a bc b ca c ab
11. A variable plane makes intercepts on the co-ordinate axes the sum of whose squares is constant and equal to k2. Then
the locus of the foot of the perpendicular from the origin to the plane is
(A) (x2 + y2 + z2) (x2 + y2 + z2) = k2 (B) k2(x2 + y2 + z2) (x2 + y2 + z2) =1
1
(C) (x2 + y2 + z2)2 = (D) None of these
k
12. P is a point on the plane lx + my + nz = p. A point Q is taken on the line OP such that OP.OQ = p2. Then the locus of Q
is :
(A) p(lx + my + nz) = x2 + y2 + z2 (B) (lx + my + nz)(x2 + y2 + z2)= p2
(C) lx + my + nz = (x2 + y2 + z2)p (D) None of these
x 1 y 1 z 1 x2 y 3 z 4
14. Shortest distance between the lines and is equal to :
1 1 1 1 1 1
(A) 14 (B) 7 (C) 2 (D) None of these
15. The point of intersection of the line, passing through (0, 0, 1) and intersecting the lines x + 2y + z = 1, –x + y – 2z = 2
and x + y = 2, x + z = 2 with xy plane is :
5 1 2 1 5 1
(A) 3 , 3, 0 (B) (1, 1, 0) (C) , , 0 (D) , , 0
3 3 3 3
16. If abc 0 and let (p1, q1, r1) be the image of (p, q, r) in the plane ax + by + cz + d = 0, then :
p1 p q1 q r1 r
(A) (B) a(p + p1) + b(q + q1)+c(r + r1) + 2d = 0
a b c
(C) Both (A) and (B) (D) None of these
x y 1 z 2
17. A perpendicular is drawn from a point (1, 6, 3) to the line . What will be coordinates of the foot of
1 2 3
perpendicular :
(A) (1, 3, 5) (B) (0, 3, –2) (C) (2, 4, –5) (D) (1, 3, 4)
18. The foot of the perpendicular from the point O(0, 0, 0) to the line of intersection of the planes
x + y + z = 4 and 2x + y + 3z = 1 is point A. Then the equation of line OA is :
x y z x y z x y z
(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these
2 1 3 8 29 13 2 1 1
19. A variable line passing through the point P(0, 0, 2) always makes angle 600 with zaxis, intersects the plane x + y + z =
1. Then the locus of point of intersection of the line and the plane is :
(A) x2 + y2+ 3 (z 2)2 = 0 (B) x2 + y2 = 3 (z + 2)2
(C) x2 + y2 = 2(z3)2 (D) x2 + y2 = 3 (z – 2)2
x 2 y 1 z 6
20. A ray of light is coming along the line and strikes the plane mirror kept along the plane through
3 4 5
the points (2, 1, 0), (5, 0, 1) and (4, 1, 1). Then the equation of reflected ray is :
x 10 y 15 z 14 x 10 y 15 z 14
(A) (B)
4 5 3 4 5 3
x 15 y 14 z 10
(C) (D) None of these
4 5 3
x 1 y 1 z 1
21. The equation of a line on the plane x + y + z = 1 such that the line and the required line form a
2 1 1
plane which is perpendicular to the plane x + y + z = 1 is :
3x 1 3 y 1 3z 1 3x 1 3 y 1 3z 1
(A) (B)
2 1 1 2 1 1
3x 1 3 y 1 3z 1
(C) (D) None of these
2 1 1
x 1 y 1 z 3
22. The image of the line in the plane x + 2y + z = 12 is :
2 1 4
7 7
y y
x 6 2 z 13 x 6 2 z 13
(A) (B)
2 2 2 4 7 10
7
y
x6 2 z 13
(C) (D) None of these
2 3 6
23. If a plane passes through the intersection of a1 x b1 y c1 z d1 and a 2 x b2 y c2 z d 2 ( a1, a2 0) and
contains the x-axis, then :
(A) d1a 2 a1d 2 (B) a1a2 d1d 2 (C) d1a1 d 2 a 2 (D) None of these
24. The plane x 0 is rotated through an angle about its line of intersection with the plane z 0. Then equation of the
plane in new position is (are) :
(A) x sec 1 z 0 (B) x cos 1 z 0
(C) x sec 1 z 0 (D) None of these
Passage for Questions 25 - 29
A conic section is obtained by the intersection of two inverted cones (having same vertex) with a plane. If a plane passes through
the vertex, then its intersection with the cones either represents a pair of straight lines or a point depending upon whether it
intersects the cones or not. If plane does not pass through vertex, then section may be hyperbola or circle depending upon
whether plane is parallel to axis of the cone or perpendicular to it. If it has any other inclination, then intersection of plane and
cone gives an ellipse.
25. If a variable point P moves such that the line passing through P and Q (0, 0, 2) makes an angle 60º with z-axis, then
locus of P is :
(A) x2 y 2 3( z 2)2 0 (B) x2 y 2 3( z 2)2 0
(C) x2 y 2 3( z 2)2 0 (D) x2 y 2 3( z 2)2 0
33. An equilateral triangle has its vertices on the axes of coordinates and area 3 square units. The coordinates of the
orthocenter of the triangle are :
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
(A) (1, 1, 1) (B) , , (C) , , (D) , ,
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
x 1 y 2 z 2
40. The equation of a plane passing through the line and making an angle of 300 with the plane
1 1 2
x + y + z = 5 is :
(A) x (3 2 2) y (2 2) z 11 6 2 0 (B) x (3 2 2) y (2 2) z 11 6 2 0
(C) x (3 2) y (2 2) z 11 6 2 0 (D) x (3 2) y (2 2) z 11 6 2 0
41. A plane meets a set of three mutually perpendicular planes in the sides of a triangle whose angles are A, B and C
respectively. The squares of cosines of angles which first plane makes with the other planes are:
(A) cot B cot C ,cot C cot A,cot A cot B
(B) tan B tan C , tan C tan A, tan A tan B
(C) cosec B cosec C ,cosec C cosec A,cosec Acosec B
(D) None of these
42. The straight lines whose direction cosines are given by the relations al + bm + cn = 0 and fmn + gnl + hlm = 0 are
perpendicular if :
f g h a b c h g f
(A) =0 (B) (C) (D) None of these
a b c f g h a b c
43. The coordinates of points, whose perpendicular distances from yz, zx and xy-planes are in A.P. and whose distances
from x, y and z axes are 13, 10 and 5 respectively is :
(A) (1, 2, 3) (B) (–1, 2, 3) (C) (1, –2, 3) (D) (–1, –2, –3)
44. The plane 3y + 4z = 0 is rotated about its line of intersection with the plane x = 0 through an angle 600. The equation of
the plane in its new position is :
(A) 3y 4z 5 3x 0 (B) 3y 4z 5 3x 0
(C) 3y 4z 5 3x 0 (D) 3y 4z 5 3x 0
x 2 y 1 z 1
45. The line intersects the curve xy = c2, z = 0 if c is equal to :
3 2 1
(A) 1/3 (B) –1/3 (C) 5 (D) – 5
x y z x y z
46. Consider the lines and the equation of the line which :
2 3 5 1 2 3
x y z
(A) Bisects the angle between the lines is
3 3 6
x y z
(B) Bisects the angle between the lines is
1 2 3
(C) Passes through origin and is perpendicular to the given lines is x = y = – z
(D) None of these
x 1 y 3 z 1
47. The equations of the planes through the origin which are parallel to the line and at a distance
2 1 2
5/3 from it are :
(A) 2x + 2y + z = 0 (B) x + 2y + 2z = 0 (C) 2x – 2y + 3z = 0 (D) x – 2y + 2z = 0
x 6 y 10 z 14
48. The line is the hypotenuse of an isosceles right angled triangle whose opposite vertex is (7,
5 3 8
2, 4). The equations of the remaining sides are :
x7 y2 z4 x7 y2 z 4
(A) (B)
5 2 6 3 6 2
x7 y2 z4 x7 y2 z 4
(C) (D)
2 2 6 2 3 6
x 0 y 2 z 1
49. A ray M is sent along the line and is reflected by the plane x = 0 at point A. The reflected ray is
2 2 0
again reflected by the plane x 2 y 0 at point B. The initial ray and final reflected ray meets at point J. Then :
(A) The co-ordinates of point B is 4, 2, 1 (B) The co-ordinates of point J is 3, 1, 1
(C) The centroid of ABJ is (0, 0, 0) (D) The co-ordinates of point J is 2, 1, 1
50. The equation of a line in xz plane equally inclined with x and z axes which is at a unit distance from the line
x 1 y 1 z
is :
1 1 1
x 6 1 y z x 1 2 y z
(A) (B)
1 0 1 1 0 1
x 1 y z
(C) (D) None of these
1 0 1
x 1 y 1 z 3
51. Projection of line on the plane x + 2y + z = 6; has equation :
2 1 4
(A) x + 2y + z – 6 = 0 = 9x – 2y – 5z – 8 (B) x + 2y + z + 6 = 0, 9x – 2y + 5z = 4
x 1 y 3 z 1 x3 y 2 z 7
(C) (D)
4 7 10 4 7 10
52. If three planes P1 2 x y z 1 0, P2 x y z 2 0 and P3 x y 3z 5 0 intersect each other at point P
on XOY plane and at point Q on YOZ plane, where O is the origin then identify the correct statement(s)
(A) the value of is 4
x 1 y 1 z
(B) straight line perpendicular to plane P3 and passing through P is
4 1 3
(C) the length of projection of PQ on x-axis is 1
1 1 1
(D) centroid of the triangle OPQ is , ,
3 2 2
x 2 y 1 z 3
53. The coordinate of the points on the line which are at a distance 3 2 from the point (1, 2, 3)
3 2 2
56 43 111 47 42 56
(A) (–2, –1, 3) (B) (2, 2, 4) (C) 17 , 17 , 17 (D) 11 , 11 , 11
x y z x 2 y 1 z 2
54. The equations of the lines of shortest distance between the lines and are:
2 3 1 3 5 2
x 62 / 3 y 31 z 31 / 3
(A) 3( x 21) 3 y 92 3 z 32 (B)
1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3
x 21 y 92 / 3 z 32 / 3 x 2 y 3 z 1
(C) (D)
1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3
55. The equation of planes bisecting the angle between the planes 2 x y 2 z 3 0 and 3 x 2 y 6 z 8 0 is / are:
(A) 5 x y 4 z 45 0 (B) 5x y 4z 3 0
(C) 23 x 13 y 32 z 45 0 (D) 23 x 13 y 32 z 5 0
56. The equation of the plane parallel to plane x y 2 z 5 at a distance 6 units from this plane is / are:
(A) x y 2 z 11 0 (B) x y 2 z 11
(C) x y 2z 1 0 (D) x y 2z 1 0
2
x 2 y 2 z k 1 x y z x y z
57. If the line is one of the angle bisector of the lines and , then the
1 1 4 1 2 3 2 3 1
value of k is /are:
(A) –3 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) –2
Column 1 Column 2
(A) x 1 y 12 z 7
The point in which the line cuts the surface
1 5 2 (p) 2, 3, 1
2 2 2
11x 5 y z 0 is(are)
(B) A line with direction cosines proportional to
1, –5, –2 meets each of the lines x y 5 z 1 and x 5 3 y 2 z . The (q) 1, 2, 3
coordinates of each of the points of intersection are given by
(C) Let P = 0 is the equation of the plane passing through the line of intersection of
the planes 2 x y 0 and 3z y 0 and perpendicular to the plane (r) 0, 9, 17
4x 5 y 3z 8 . Then the points which lies on the plane P = 0 is(are)
(D) The coordinates of the foot of the perpendicular from the point (3, –1, 11) on
x y 2 z 3 (s) (14, 1, 5)
the line is(are)
2 3 4
(t) None of these
65. The shortest distance between the lines 2x + y + z = 1, 3x + y + 2z = 2 and x = y = z is d then 1 d 2 = _____.
66. Three lines yz 1 = 0, x = 0; x + z + 1 = 0, y = 0; xz 1 = 0, y = 0 intersect the xy plane at A, B and C. If the
orthocentre of ABC is (p, q, r) then 3p + q + r = ____________.
67. The minimum distance of the point (1, 1, 1) from the plane x + y + z = 1 measured perpendicular to the line
x x1 y y1 z z1 3d 2
is d then ____________.
1 2 3 7
68. The maximum distance between the point P(0, 0, 3) and the circle x2 + y2– 2 5 x – 4y + 8 = 0; z = 0 is ____________.
x 1 y 2 z 3 x 2 y 3 z 1
69. The equation of the plane which is equidistant from lines and is
1 2 3 3 1 2
Ax By Cz D 0 then | A B C D | = ____________.
70. Plane 2x + 3y + 4z = 5 is rotated about the line where it cuts the xy-plane by an angle . In the new position the plane
p p
contains the point (1, 1, 1). If the angle cos 1 , ( is rational number in its simplest form) then
q q
q 2 p ____________.
71. A variable plane is at a constant distance p from the origin and meets the axes in A, B and C. If the locus of the centroid
2 2 2 2
of the tetrahedron OABC is x y z λp then the value of λ is______.
72. If the planes x cy bz, y az cx, z bx ay pass through one line then the value of
a 2 b 2 c 2 2 abc is________.
P1 P2 is ____.
78. Let for [0, ) such that ( x, y, z ) (0, 0, 0) and (iˆ ˆj 3kˆ) x (3iˆ 3 ˆj kˆ) y (4iˆ 5 ˆj ) z ( xiˆ yjˆ 3kˆ), then the
x yz
value of is equal to ______.
x
x 1 y 2 z 3
79. If the distance between the plane Ax 2 y z d and the plane containing the lines and
2 3 4
x2 y 3 z 4
is 6, then | d | is equal to _____.
3 4 5
x 4 y 3 z 1 x 1 y 1 z 10
80. If the distance of point of intersection of lines and from (1, 4, 7) is ,
1 4 7 2 3 8
2
then is equal to ______.
13
1. Entries of a 2 2 determinant are chosen from the set {−1, 1}. The probability that determinant has zero value is :
(A) 1/4 (B) 1/3 (C) 1/2 (D) None of these
2. A number is chosen at random from the numbers 10 to 99. By seeing the number a man will laugh if product of the
digits is 12. If he choose three numbers with replacement then the probability that he will laugh at least once is :
3 3 3 3
3 43 4 43
(A) 1– (B) (C) 1 – (D) 1 –
5
45
25
45
3. 8n players P1 , P2 , P3 .......P8 n play a knock out tournament. It is known that all the players are of equal strength.
The tournament is held in 3 rounds where the players are paired at random in each round. If it is given that P1 wins in
the third round. The probability that P2 looses in the second round is :
n n 2n
(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these
8n 1 8n 1 4n 1
4. Two subsets A and B of a set containing n elements are chosen at random. The probability that A B is :
n n
1 2n 2 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 n! 3 4
5. Three different dice are rolled three times. The Probability that they show different numbers only two times is :
2
1 6 P3 107 100
(A) (B) 3 (C) (D)
3 6 (54)3 243
6. 2n players of equal strength are playing a knock out tournament. If they are paired randomly in all rounds, the
probability that out of two particular players S1 and S 2 exactly one will reach in semi final is (n N, n 2) :
24. Let A and B be two events such that P (A B) = 0.20, P (A B) = 0.15, P (A B) = 0.1, then p(A/B) is equal to,
(A) 11/14 (B) 2/11 (C) 2/7 (D) 1/7
30. The probability that all his money will be finished exactly at the twelfth round is :
(A) q12 (B) 1 p12 (C) 10
C1 pq11 (D) None of these
31. The probability that he is left with no money by the 14th round or earlier is :
(A) q10 (1 10 pq 65 p 2 q 2 ) (B) q14 ( p 2q 36 pq 7)
(C) q12 3 pq13 3 p13q p12 (D) 1 10C1 pq11 10C2 p 2 q12
1 4 p 1 p 1 2 p
38. If , and are the probabilities of three mutually exclusive events then p may be :
4 3 2
(A) 1/8 (B) 1/2 (C) 3/8 (D) 5/8
39. Players P1, P2, P3, … , Pm , of equal skill, play a game consecutively in pairs as P1P2, P2P3, P3P4, … Pm-1Pm, PmP1, …,
and any player who wins two consecutive games (i.e k and (k +1)th game) wins the match. If the chance that the
match is won at the rth game is k then :
1 5 3 5
(A) k ,if r 5 (B) k ,if r 5 (C) k ,if r 6 (D) k ,if r 6
8 32 32 64
40. Two persons A, and B, have respectively n + 1 and n coins, which they toss simultaneously. Then probability P that A
will have more heads then B belongs :
1 3 1 3 1 1 1 3
(A) P (B) P (C) P (D) P
4 4 2 4 4 2 3 4
41. If A and B are two events such that P(A) = 1/2 and P(B) = 2/3, then :
(A) P (AB) 2/3 (B) P (AB) 1/3
(C) 1/6 P(AB) 1/ 2 (D) 1/6 P(AB) 1/ 2
42. A bag contains n (white and black) balls. It is given that the probability that the bag contains exactly r white balls is
directly proportional to r (0 r n). A ball is drawn at random and is found to be white. The probability that there is
only one white ball in the bag is p then :
1 6 1 13
(A) p if n 5 (B) p if n 5 (C) p if n 6 (D) p if n 6
55 55 91 93
43. Let X be a set containing n elements. If two subsets A and B of X are picked at random, the probability that A and B have
the same number of elements is :
2n
Cn 1 1.3.5......(2n 1) 3n
(A) (B) 2n
(C) (D)
22 n Cn 2n.(n!) 4n
1 1 1
44. A parent particle can be divided into 0, 1 or 2 particles with probabilities , , respectively, after splitting.
4 2 4
Beginning with one particle, the progenitor, let us denote by Xi, the number of particles in the i generation. Then :
39 37 X 2 1 X 2 3
(A) P( X 2 0) (B) P( X 2 0) (C) P 1 (D) P 1
64 64 X 2 1 5 X 2 1 64
3 5
45. If A and B are two events such that P A and P B then:
4 8
3 1 3 5 1 3
(A) P A B (B) P A B (C) P A B (D) P A B
4 4 8 8 8 8
46. A student has to match historical levents viz., Dandi march, Quit India Movement and Mahatma Gandhi’s assassination
with the years 1948, 1930 and 1942. The student has no knowledge of the correct answer decides to match the events
and years randomly. Let Ei 0 i 3 denote the event that the student gets exactly i correct answers, then which of the
following is/are NOT correct?
(A) P E0 P E3 P E1 (B) P E0 . P E1 P E3
(C) P E0 E1 P E2 (D) P E0 P E1 P E3 1
47. A bag contains 20 blue marbles, 12 red marbles and some other number of green marbles. If the probability of drawing
1
green marble in one try is then which of the following statements is/are correct?
y
(A) Number of possible integral values of y is 5 (B) Number of possible integral values of y is 6
(C) Sum of possible integral values of y is 69 (D) Sum of possible integral values of y is 96
48. A dice is rolled three times. Let E1 denote the event of getting a number larger than the previous number each time and
E2 denote the event that the numbers (in order) form an increasing AP then:
1 3 10
(A) P E1 P E2 (B) P E2 E1 (C) P E2 / E1 (D) P E1 P E2
36 10 3
49. One card is missing from a pack of cards. Let A be the event that missing card is a spade. Then two cards are drawn, and
S be the event that they are spades then:
13
3 C2 11
(A) P A (B) P S / A 51 (C) PA/ S (D) P A P A / S
4 C2 50
50. A square is inscribed in a circle. If p1 is the probability that a randomly chosen point of the circle lies within the square
and p2 is the probability that the point lies outside the square, then:
1
(A) p1 p2 (B) p1 p2 (C) p1 p2 (D) p12 p22
3
51. A student appears for tests I, II, and III. The student is successful if he passes either in tests I and II or tests I and III.
1
The probabilities of the student passing in tests I, II, III are p, q and , respectively. If the probability that the student is
2
1
successful is , then: (Assuming his performance in tests are independent).
2
(A) p = 1, q = 0 (B) p = 2/3, q = 1/2
(C) p = 3/5, q = 2/3 (D) There are infinitely many values of p and q
52. The letters of the word PROBABILITY are written down at random in a row. Let E1 denote the event that two I, s are
together and E2 denote the event that two B’s are together, then:
3 2 18 1
(A) P E1 P E2 (B) P E1 E2 (C) P E1 E2 (D) P E1 / E2
11 55 55 5
x 1
53. Let a, b, c be three integers such that a b c 2 . Then for the system of simultaneous equations A y 0 ,
2 2 2
z 0
a b c
where A b c a , which of the following statements is/are true?
c a b
(A) The probability that the system of equations has unique solution is 1/2
(B) The number of triplets (a, b, c) for which of the system of equations has infinitely many solutions is 6
(C) If a = 0, the number of ordered pairs (b, c) for which the system of equations has no solution is 2
(D) The number of elements in the range of ab bc ca is 2
54. Sixteen players S1 , S2 , …., S16 play in a tournament. They are divided into eight pairs at random. From each pair, a
winner is decided on the basis of a game played between the two players of the pair. Assume that all the players are of
equal strength then:
(A) The probability that the player S1 is among the eight winners is 1/2
(B) The probability that the player S1 is among the eight winners is 1/4
(C) The probability that exactly one of the two players S1 and S2 is among the eight winners is 8/15
(D) The probability that exactly one of the two players S1 and S2 is among the eight winners is 7/15
55. A and B are two independent events. The probability that both A and B occur is 1/6 and the probability that neither of
them occurs is 1/3. Then the probability of the occurrence of A may be:
(A) 1/2 (B) 1/3 (C) 1/4 (D) 2/3
56. The probabilities of events A B, A, B and A B are respectively in A.P. with second term equal to the common
difference. Therefore, A and B are:
(A) Mutually exclusive (B) Independent
(C) Such that one of them must occur (D) Such that one is twice as likely as the other
57. 5 players of equal strength play one each with each other. P(A) = probability that at least one player wins all matches
he(they) play. P(B) = probability that at least one player loses all his (their) matches.
5 7 5 15
(A) P A (B) P B (C) P A B (D) P A B
16 16 32 32
58. If A and B are exhaustive events in a sample space such that probabilities of the events A B, A, B and A B are in
A.P. If P A K , where 0 K 1 , then:
K 1 3K 1 3 1 K
(A) P B (B) P A B (C) P A B 1 (D) P A B
2 2 2
59. A boy has a collection of the blue and green marbles. The number of blue marbles belong to the set {2, 3, 4, …,13}. If
two marbles are chosen simultaneously and random from his collection, then the probability that they have different
colours is 1/2. Possible number of blue marbles is:
(A) 3 (B) 6 (C) 10 (D) 12
60. A fair coin is tossed n times. Let X denote the number of times head occurs. If P X 4 , P X 5 and P X 6 are
in arithmetic progression, then the value of n can be:
(A) 14 (B) 12 (C) 10 (D) 7
61. If A1 , A2 , …., An be any events of the same sample space then:
n
(A) P Ai 1 (B) P Ai 1 if A1 , A2 , ......, An are disjoint
i 1
64. A bag contains four tickets marked with numbers 112, 121, 211, and 222. One ticket is drawn at random from the bag.
Let Ei i 1, 2, 3 denote the event that ith digit on the ticket is 2. Then:
(A) E1 and E2 are independent (B) E2 and E3 are independent
(C) E3 and E1 are independent (D) E1 , E2 , E3 are independent
67. In a tournament there are twelve players S1 , S 2 ,...., S12 and divided into six pairs at random. From each game a winner
is decided on the basis of a game played between the two players of the pair. Assuming all the pairs are of equal
strength, then match the following.
Column 1 Column 2
(A) Probability that S 2 is among the losers is (p) 5/22
(B) Probability that exactly one S3 and S 4 is among the losers, is (q) 10/11
(C) Probability that both S 2 and S 4 are among the winners is (r) 1/2
(D) Probability of S 4 and S5 not playing against each other is (s) 6/11
(t) None of these
68. ‘n’ whole numbers are randomly chosen and multiplied:
Column 1 Column 2
(A) The probability that the last digit is 1, 3, 7 or 9 is (p) 8n 4n
10n
(B) The probability that the last digit is 2, 4, 6, 8 is (q) 5n 4 n
10n
(C) The probability that last digit is 5 is (r) 4n
10n
(D) The probability that the last digit is zero is (s) 10n 8n 5n 4n
10n
(t) None of these
69. A bag contains some white and some black balls, all combinations being equally likely. The total number of balls in the
bag is 12. Four balls are drawn at random without replacement. Match the entries in the following two lists.
Column 1 Column 2
(A) The probability that all the four balls are black is equal to (p) 14
33
(B) If the bag contains 10 black and 2 white balls, then the probability (q) 1
that all four balls are black is equal to 5
(C) If all the four balls are black, then the probability that the bag (r) 70
contains 10 black balls is equal to 429
(D) The probability that two balls are black and two are white is equal (s) 13
to 165
(t) None of these
71. If a and b are chosen randomly from the set consisting of numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 with replacement. If the probability
2x
a x bx p
that Lt 6 is (where H.C.F (p, q) = 1) then q p ……………..
x 0
2 q
72. A bag contained 3 maths book and 2 physics books. A book is drawn at random if it is of math, 2 more books of maths
together with this book put back in the bag and if it is of physics it is not replaced in the bag. This experiment is
p
repeated 3 time. If third draw gives math book, The probability that first two drawn books were of physics is (where
q
H.C.F (p, q) = 1) then q 8( p 1) __________.
73. Two friends decide to meet at a spot between 2 p.m. and 3 p.m. whosoever arrives first agrees to wait for 15 minutes for
p
the other. The probability that they meet is (where H.C.F (p, q) = 1) then q p _______.
q
74. There are two bags, bag I contains 4 red and 5 white balls, while bag II contains 5 red and 4 white balls. Two balls are
drawn from bag I. If they are of the same colour, another ball is drawn from bag I. If the first two drawn balls are of
different colours, one ball is drawn from bag II. If the third drawn ball is red, then the probability that the first two
p
drawn balls were white is (where H.C.F (p, q) = 1) then q 3( p 1) ________.
q
75. There are two purses. The first contains 9 fifty paise coins and a one-rupee coin, while the second purse has 10 fifty-
paise coins. Nine coins are transferred from the first purse to the second randomly. Then nine coins are transferred from
the second purse to the first randomly. The probability of finding a one rupee coin in the first purse after these transfers
p
is (where H.C.F (p, q) = 1) then q p _________.
q
p
76. The probability that two queens, placed at random on a chess board, do not take on each other is (where H.C.F (p, q)
q
= 1) then q p 5 __________.
77. In an organization number of women are times that of men. If things are to be distributed among them than the
1 1 1
probability that the number of things received by men are odd is . Then μ _________.
2 2
78. Six fair dice are thrown independently. The probability that there are exactly 2 different pairs (A pair is an ordered
combination like 2, 2, 1, 3, 5, 6) is p, then 4p is______.
79. Raj and Sanchita are playing game in which they throw a die alternately till one of them gets a six. The probability that
Sanchita win the game is p then the value of 5p?
80. Two dice are thrown simultaneously what is the probability that sum of the two numbers will be 5 before 7?
81. Rajesh doesn’t like to study. Probability that he will study is 1/3. If he studied, then probability that he will fail is 1/2
and if he didn’t study then probability that he will fail is 3/4. If in result Rajesh failed, then what is the probability that
he didn’t study.
82. On a rod of length 6 units, lengths 1, 2 units are measured at random, the probability that no points of the measured
lines will coincide is______.
83. In a board exam there are two sections each section has 5 questions. As per the given condition a candidate has to
answer any 6 questions out of 10 questions. What is the probability that a student answered 6 questions such that not
more than 4 questions selected from one section?
84. Assume that the birth of a boy or girl to a couple to be equally likely, and exhaustive. For a couple having 6 children,
the probability that their “three oldest are boys” is p then the value of 10p.
85. Two fair dice are thrown till outcome is 12. The probability that one has to do 20 throws for this is______.
86. The probability of randomly drawing five cards from a deck that has exactly one Ace is______.
87. An ordinary deck of 52 playing cards is randomly divided into 4 groups of 13 cards each. The probability that each
group has exactly 1 jack?
88. In a poker game, the probability of getting a “pair” in five cards is___ [A pair consists of 2 cards of the same kind (eg, 2
kings) and 3 cards that are different from the kind of the pair (eg, different from kings) and that are all different from
each other.]
89. Letters of the word MATHEMATICS are arranged in all the possible ways, and a word is selected randomly then the
probability that letter C is exactly between S and H is______.
90. A group of students comprising 3 girls and 5 boys went for a picnic. During a game they were arranged in a circle then
the probability that each boy has one girl on at least one side is______.
91. The probabilities that a student passes in Mathematics, physics and chemistry are m, p and c, respectively. Of these
subjects, the student has a 75% chance of passing in at least one, a 50% chance of passing in atleast two, and 40%
chance of passing in exactly two. Then p + m + c is______.
92. Eight players P1, P2, … P8 play a knock out tournament. It is known that whenever the players Pi and Pj play, the player
Pi will win if i < j. Assuming that the players are paired at random in each round, then the probability that the player P4
reaches the final is______.
C C
A
93. If A and B are two events such that P(A) = 0.3, P(B) = 0.25, P A B 0.2 , then 10 P C is equal to______.
B
94. A number is selected at random from the first twenty-five natural numbers. If it is a composite number, then it is divided
by 5. But if it is not a composite number, it is divided by 2. The probability that there will be no remainder in the
division is______.
95. There are three bags each containing 5 white balls and 2 black balls and 2 bags each containing 1 white ball and 4 black
balls: a black ball having been drawn, the probability that it came from the first group is______.
96. A speaks truth 3 times out of 4, and B 7 times out of 10, they both assert that a white ball has been drawn from a bag
containing 6 balls all of different colours; the probability of truth of the assertion is______.
97. A bag contains 10 different balls. Five balls are drawn simultaneously and then replaced and then seven balls are drawn.
The probability that exactly three balls are common to the two drawn is p then the value of 10p is______.
2. Let A ars n n be a n n matrix such that ars (r s )2i ( r s ) where i 1, then A (A denotes [ ars ] complex
conjugate)
(A) A] (B) A (C) ( A)T (D) ( A )T
3. A1 is a matrix formed by replacing all the elements in Ann by corresponding cofactors, A2 is matrix formed by
replacing all elements of A1 by corresponding cofactors and A3 , A4 … formed so on, if | An | K , then | A |
1
n n n 1
(A) Kn (B) K ( n 1) (C) K ( n 1) (D) n
K ( n 1)
4. If A is an idempotent matrix i.e. A2 A, and B I A, then which of the following is incorrect:
(A) B2 B (B) B2 I (C) AB 0 (D) BA 0
5. A [aij ]nn be a square matrix, n is odd such that aij (1)i n Ci n C j , then trace (A) =
(Trace (A) denotes sum of diagonal elements of A)
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) –1 (D) 2
6. Let A [aij ]33 , B [bij ]33 where bij 3i j aij , C [cij ]33 , where cij 4i j bij be any three matrices. If | A | 4,
then | B | | C | (| X | denotes determinant of matrix X)
(A) 8 (B) 48 (C) 192 (D) 4
2 3
x 1 x x
7. If f ( x) ln(1 x 2 ) ex sin x , then :
cos x tan x sin 2 x
9. If 1, , 2 are cube roots of unity then system of equations : x 2y 32 z 1 2 , 2 x 3y 2 z 2
3 x y 22 z 1 has
(A) unique solution (B) infinitely many solutions
(C) no solution (D) exactly 3 different solutions
10. Let S be the set of all 3 3 symmetric matrices whose entries are either 0 or 1. Five of these entries are 1 and four of
them are 0. A matrix is selected from set S, what is the probability that the selected matrix is non singular
(A) 1/4 (B) 1/3 (C) 1/2 (D) 2/3
x cos x 2 x sin x x tan x
f ( x)
11. Let f ( x ) 1 x 1 , then lim
x 0 x 2
1 2x 1
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) –1 (D) Does not exist
a b c
3 2
12. If a, b, c are the roots of the equation x 2 x 1 0, then b c a
c a b
(A) 8 (B) –8 (C) 0 (D) 2
2 n
13. Matrix A is such that A 2 A I , where I is identity matrix, then for n 2, A
(A) nA (n 1) I (B) nA I (C) 2n 1 A (n 1) I (D) 2n 1 A I
14. The system of homogeneous equations x ( 1) y ( 1) z 0 , ( 1) x y ( 2) z 0 ,
( 1) x ( 2) y z 0 Has non trivial solution for :
(A) Exactly 3 real values of (B) Exactly 2 real values of
(C) Exactly 1 real value of (D) Infinitely many real values of
cos( X L) cos( X M ) cos( X N )
15. For any real values of X , Y , Z , L, M , N value of cos(Y L) cos(Y M ) cos(Y N )
cos( Z L) cos(Z M ) cos(Z N )
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) cos X cos Y cos Z cos L cos M cos N
(D) (cos X cos Y )(cos Y cos Z )(cos Z cos X )(cos L cos M )(cos M cos N )(cos N cos M )
1 2 cos sin T 2014 T
16. If A ,P , Q P AP then PQ P
0 1 sin cos
1 22014 1 4028
(A) (B) (C) ( PT )2013 A2014 P 2013 (D) PT A2014 P
0 1 0 1
17. Let A be a 3 3 non-singular matrix then which of the following is not true
(A) | A | | A | (B) | Adj ( A) | | A |2
19. Number of distinct real values of K, such that the system of equations x 2 y z 1, x 3 y 4z K ,
1 7
(A) 1, 1, 3 (B) 2, (C) 3,3 2 2 (D) 2, 2,3
2
24. Which of the following matrices do not have eigen values 1 and 1
0 1 0 i 1 0 1 0
(A) 1 0 (B) i 0 (C) 0 1 (D) 0 1
1 0 0 1 0 0
25. If A 0 1 2 & I 0 1 0 , then if A7 4 A6 6 A5 A2 A I then (, , ) is :
0 2 3 0 0 1
(A) (5, 11, 7) (B) (21,115, 91) (C) (13, 44, 28) (D) None of these
(C) ( A4 B 4 ) ( A B) 0 (D) ( A4 B 4 ) ( A B) 0
27. Let X and Y be two matrices different from I, such that XY = YX and X n Y n is invertible for some natural number n.
If X n Y n X n 1 Y n 1 X n 2 Y n 2 , then:
(A) I X is singular (B) I Y is singular
(C) X Y XY I (D) ( I X )( I Y ) is non singular
2 2 4 5 4 5
28. Let matrices be X , Y and Z , then (tr(A) denotes trace of A)
5 1 3 4 3 4
tr ( X (YZ )k ) tr ( X (YZ )k )
(A) 2k
6 (B) 2k
3
k 0 k 1
tr ( X (YZ )k ) tr ( X (YZ )k )
(C) 2k
6 (D) 2k
3
k 1 k 0
1 4 4
29. Adj ( A) 2 1 7 , then | A |
1 1 3
(A) 1 (B) –1 (C) 2 (D) –2
(2 x 2 x ) 2 (2 x 2 x ) 2 1 2 x 2 x 1 x 1
x x 2 x x 2
30. Let f ( x) (3 3 ) (3 3 ) 1 & g ( x) 3 x 4 2 x 3 x 1 then :
x x 2
(4 4 ) (4 x 4 x ) 2 1 3x 5 2x 4 2 x 4
7 2 x 2 12
31. Let f ( x ) 6 x 2 12 3 then :
2
x 12 2 7
33. If A & B are two invertible matrices of same order, then Adj ( AB )
(A) | A || B | A1B 1 (B) adj ( A) adj ( B ) (C) | A || B | ( AB) 1 (D) adj ( B) adj ( A)
(1 x )a (1 2 x )b 1
a
34. If f ( x) 1 (1 x) (1 2 x )b , a , b being natural numbers, then:
(1 2 x)b 1 (1 x)a
1 2 3 3 2 5
40. A 2 3 4 , B 2 3 8 , then :
5 6 8 7 2 9
(A) adj (adjA) A (B) | adj ( AB ) | 576
1
(C) | adj (adj (adj (adjA))) | 1 (D) | adj ( B 1 ) |
24
41. If ax by cz 0, bx cy az 0, cx ay bz 0 , a, b, c R then :
(A) System have only trivial solution if a3 b3 c3 3abc
(B) System will have non trivial solution only if a b c
(C) System have no solution if a3 b3 c3 3abc
(D) If system have non trivial solution then minimum value of ( x 1) 2 ( y 2)2 ( z 3)2 is 12
42. A be the set of all square matrices of order 3 with elements either 0, 1, or –1, then:
(A) O ( A) 39
(B) Number of symmetric matrices in A whose trace is 0 = 7 × Number of skew symmetric matrices in A
(C) Number of matrices in A such that each of 0, 1, and –1 occurs atleast once at any position is 18150
(D) All skew symmetric matrices in A are singular
a b
43. Let A be set of all 2 2 matrices of the form , such that a, b, c {0,1, 2,3, 4} then :
c a
(A) Number of matrices in A which are symmetric or skew symmetric is 25
(B) Number of matrices in A which are symmetric or skew symmetric & determinant divisible by 5 is 9
(C) Number of matrices in A for which trace is not divisible by 5 & determinant divisible by 5 is 16
(D) Number of matrices in A for which determinant is not divisible by 5 is 109
m b a m a b
44. If x a y b e m , x c y d e n , P ,Q , R , then :
n d c n c d
sin i cos
47. If A , then which of the following is not true
i cos sin
1
(A) A A (B) A A is a null matrix
1
(C) A is invertible for all R (D) A A
a a2 0
51. 1 2a b a b is divisible by
0 1 2a 3b
1 2 1 2 2 1 3 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 648
3 2 3 2 2 3 3 2
(A) 4 (B) 9 (C) 9 (D) 4
1 2 2
1
53. If A 2 1 2 is an orthogonal matrix of order 3, then:
3
a 2 b
(A) a 2 (B) a 2, b 1 (C) b 1 (D) b=1
54. How many 3 3 matrices M with entries from {0, 1, 2} are there for which the sum of the diagonal entries of MTM is 5.
(A) 198 (B) 162 (C) 126 (D) 135
55. Let be a complex cube root of unity with 1 and P Pij be a n n matrix with Pij i j . Then P 2 0 ,
when n =
(A) 57 (B) 55 (C) 58 (D) 56
7 5 11
(A) (B) (C) (D)
24 24 24 24
1 sin 2 x cos2 x sin 2 x
57. If maximum and minimum values of the determinant sin 2 x 1 cos 2 x sin 2 x are and , then:
2 2
sin x cos x 1 sin 2 x
(A) 99 4
(B) 3 17 26
58. Let X and Y be two arbitrary, 3 3 , non-zero skew-symmetric matrices and Z be an arbitrary 3 3 , non-zero symmetric
matrix. Then which of the following is (are) skew symmetric:
(A) Y 3 Z 4 Z 4Y 3 (B) X 44 Y 44 (C) X 4Z 3 Z 3 X 4 (D) X 23 Y 23
59. Which of the following is (are) not the square of a 3 3 matrix with real entries :
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
(A) 0 1 0 (B) 0 1 0 (C) 0 1 0 (D) 0 1 0
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1
60. Let M be a 2 2 symmetrix matrix with integer entries. Then M is invertible, if:
(A) The first column of M is the transpose of the second row of M.
(B) The second row of M is the transpose of first column of M
(C) M is a diagonal matrix with non-zero entries in the main diagonal
(D) The product of entries in the main diagonal of M is not the square of an integer
a b a b
61. The determinant b c b c is equal to zero, if:
a b b c 0
(A) a, b, c are in A.P (B) a, b, c are in G.P
(C) a, b, c are in H.P (D) x is a factor of ax 2 2bx c
bc ca ab
62. If a, b, c are non-zero real numbers such that ca ab bc 0 , then:
ab bc ca
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(A) 0 (B) 0 (C) 0 (D) None of these
a b c2 a b2 c a b2 c
63. Let 1 , 2 , 3 , .. k be the set of third order determinants that can be made with the distinct non-zero real numbers
a1 , a2 , .... a9 , Then:
k
(A) k = 9! (B) i 0
i 1
64. For 3 3 Matrices M and N, which of the following statement(s) is (are) not correct
(A) N T MN is symmetric or skew symmetric, according as M is symmetric or skew symmetric
(B) MN – NM is skew symmetric for all symmetric matrices M and N
(C) MN is symmetric for all symmetric matrices M and N
(D) (adj M) (adj N) = adj(MN) for all invertible matrices M and N.
x y
66. Consider the 2 2 matrix A
0 1
Column 1 Column 2
(αx 1) cos 2 x x 1 x
67. If f ( x ) βsin x x 2
2x
(γx 2 1) tan x x 1 x2
Column 1 Column 2
(A) f ( x) f ( x) (p) 0
lim lim 2
x 0 x x 0 x
70. x y z 6, x 2 y 3 z 10 , x 2 y αz β
Column 1 Column 2
(A) Unique solution (p) α3
(B) No solution (q) α3
(C) Infinitely many solutions (r) β 10
(D) Atleast 2 solutions (s) β 10
71. Let A [aij ]nn , n is odd natural number. Then determinant of matrix ( A AT ) 2015 is _______.
x yz 2x 2x
6 21
72. If x, y , z distinct common roots of z 1 0 and z 1 0 then 2y yxz 2y is equal to_____.
2z 2z zx y
1 1 cos 12 sin 12 T 2014 T a b
73. Let A &P and Q P AP, then if PQ P then sum of digits of b is____.
0 1 sin cos c d
12 12
1 a b
4
74. Let ω be complex cube root of unity. Let S 1 c , where each of a, b, c are either ω or ω2 . Then number
2 7
1
of distinct non singular possible such matrices S is________.
x 2 3x x 1 x3
a b c d e
75. Let x 1 2 x x 4 ax 4 bx3 cx 2 dx e be an identity in x, then is ____. ([.])
ae
x 3 x 4 3x
denotes greatest integer function).
5 5 5 5 6 7
C1 C2 C3 C1 C2 C3
4 4 4 4 5 6
76. C1 C2 C3 C1 C2 C3 ______.
3 3 3 3 4 5
C1 C2 C3 C1 C2 C3
1
| [ x ] | | sin y | {x} { y}
77. A 2 ,B , if x [2, 2] , y , z ( π, π) if number of triplets ( x, y , z ) such that A B is
{z} 1
cos z 1
k, then value of k/7 is _______.
1 2 2014
78. A , then A λA2013 μA2012 , λ μ ___________.
3 4
79. Let A be a 3 3 matrix which contains five ‘a’ & four ‘b’ then number of symmetric matrices possible is k, number of
zeros at the end of k! is _________.
λI kA3
80. Matrix A satisfies A2 3 A 2 I , and A1 , then λ kμ is ________.
μ
1 a b
81. In a ABC , if 1 c a 0 , then sin 2 A sin 2 B sin 2 C _____ .
1 b c
2 tan sec2 3
82. For all values of 0, , the determinant of the matrix sin cos sin is always greater than
2 3 4 3
or equal to _____.
1 0 0
83. Let P 4 1 0 and I be the identity matrix of order 3. If Q qij is a matrix such that P 50 Q I , then
16 4 1
q31 q32
equals _____.
q21
x3 1 x2 y x2 z
84. Number of positive integral solutions of the equation xy 2 y3 1 y 2 z 30 are _____.
xz 2 yz 2 z3 1
1 i 3
1
2 , Then A100 2k . A where k is ____.
85. Let A
1 i 3
1
2
86. If the system of linear equations x ky 3z 0 , 3 x ky 2 z 0 , 2 x 4 y 3z 0 has a non-zero solution (x, y, z),
xz
then is equal to ____.
y2
S0 S1 S2
2
k
87. r r r
If Sr the value of S1 S2 S3 is equal to 2 k 2 k 2
. Then k is ____.
S2 S3 S4
2 1 3 4 3 4
88. Consider three matrices A , B 2 3 and C 2 3 , then the value of the sum
4 1
ABC A BC 2 A BC 3
tr A tr tr tr ... is ____
2 4 8
x4 2x 2x
2
89. If 2x x4 2 x A Bx x A then A 2 B equals ____
2x 2x x 4
90. Let 1 , 2 , 3 , .... k be the set of third order determinants that can be made with the distinct nonzero real numbers
a1 , a2 , a3 , .... a9 then k a b ! where a b equals ____
2k 1 2 k 2 k 0 2k 1 k
91. Let k be a positive real number and let A 2 k 1 2 k B 1 2k 0 2 k
2 k 2k 1 k 2 k 0
1 2 x 1
92. For a real number , if the system 1 y 1 of linear equations, has infinitely many solutions, then
2
1 z 1
1 2 =
x x y x y z
93. If 2 x 3x 2 y 4 x 3 y 2 z 64 , then the real value of x is____
3x 6 x 3 y 10 x 6 y 3z
a b a b a c ac
1
94. Let 1 c d c d and 2 b d bd then the value of , where b 0 and ad bc is
2
a b ab a c abc
2 2
96. Let be the complex number cos i sin . Then, the number of distinct complex numbers z satisfying
3 3
z 1 2
z 2 1 0 is equal to____.
2
1 z
e x1 e x4 e x7
99. If x1 , x2 , x3 , ...., x13 are in A.P then the value of e x4 e x7 e x10 is
e x7 e x10 e x13
a x 2 b x 2 c x 2 1 ax 2 1 bx 2 1 cx 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
100. For a, b, c , x , y , z R , if 1 a y b y c y and 2 1 ay 1 by 1 cy then
a z 2 b z 2 c z 2 1 az 2 1 bz 2 1 cz 2
| 1 / 2 | _____ .
1. If standard deviations for two variables X and Y are 3 and 4 respectively and their covariance is 8, then correlation
coefficient between them is:
2 8 9 2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 3 2 8 2 9
2. The arithmetic mean of a set of observation is X . If each observation is divided by and then is increased by 10, then
the mean of the new series is:
X X 10 X 10
(A) (B) (C) (D) X 10
3. Median of 2 n C 0 , 2 n C1 , 2 n C 2 , 2 n C3 ,......, 2 n C n (where n is even) is:
2n 2n 2n
(A) C n /2 (B) C n 1 (C) C n 1 (D) 0
2 2
4. The median of a set of 9 distinct observations is 20.5. If each of the largest 4 observations of the set is increased by 2,
then the median of the new set:
(A) is increased by 2 (B) is decreased by 2
(C) is two times the original median (D) remains the same as that of the original set
n
5. The means and variance of n observations x1 , x2 , x3 ,....xn are 5 and 0 respectively. If xi2 400, then the value of n
i 1
is equal to:
(A) 80 (B) 25 (C) 20 (D) 16
18 18
6. If x1 , x2 ,......., x18 are observations such that ( x j 8) 9 and ( x j 8)2 45 , then the standard deviation of these
j 1 j 1
observations is:
(A) 80 (B) 25 (C) 20 (D) 16
46n
7. If the mean of n observations 12 , 2 2 , 32 ,.....n 2 is then n is equal to:
11
(A) 11 (B) 12 (C) 23 (D) 22
n n
8. The standard deviation of n observations x1 , x2 ,...., xn is 2. If xi 20 and xi2 100 , then n is:
i 1 i 1
(A) 10 or 20 (B) 5 or 10 (C) 5 or 20 (D) 5 or 15
9. If is the standard deviation of a random variable x, then the standard deviation of the random variable ax b , where
a, b R is:
10. Let x1 , x2 ,....xn be n observations such that xi2 400 and xi 80 . Then a possible value of n among the following
is:
(A) 15 (B) 18 (C) 9 (D) 12
11. For a frequency distribution mean deviation from mean is computed by:
(A) M .D.
f (B) M .D.
d (C) M .D.
fd (D) M .D.
f |d |
f |d | f f f
12. For a frequency distribution standard deviation is computed by applying the formula.
2 2 2
(A)
fd 2 fd (B)
fd fd
f f
f f
2
(C)
fd 2 fd (D)
fd fd 2
f f
f f
13. If r is the variance and 6 is the standard deviation, then:
(A) r 1 / 2 (B) r 1/ (C) r 2 (D) r2
17. A batsman scores runs in 10 innings as 38, 70, 48, 34, 42, 55, 63, 46, 54 and 44. The mean deviation about mean is:
(A) 8.6 (B) 6.4 (C) 10.6 (D) 7.6
18. The mean deviation of the members 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 from the mean is:
(A) 25 (B) 5 (C) 1.2 (D) 0
19. Let x1 , x2 , x3 ,......, xn be the values taken by a variable X and y1 , y2 ,......, yn be the values taken by a variable Y such that
yi axi b, i 1, 2,...., n . Then:
28. If the coefficient of variation of a distribution is 45% and the mean is 12, then its standard deviation is:
(A) 5.2 (B) 5.3 (C) 5.4 (D) None of these
29. In an experiment with 15 observations on x, the following results were available x2 2830, x 170 .
One observation that was 20 was found to be wrong and was replaced by the correct value 30, then the correct variance
is:
(A) 78.00 (B) 188.66 (C) 177.33 (D) 8.33
30. Mean of the numbers a, b, 8, 5, 10 is 6 and the variance is 6.80, then the possible values of a and b respectively are:
(A) 5, 2 (B) 1, 6 (C) 3, 4 (D) 0, 7
31. The mean and standard deviation of the marks of 200 candidates were found to be 40 and 15 respectively. Later it was
discovered that a score of 40 was wrongly used as 50. The correct mean and standard deviation respectively are
(A) 14.98, 39.95 (B) 39.95, 14.98 (C) 39.95, 224.5 (D) None of these
SUBJECTIVE
35. Find the mean of the binomial coefficients in the expansion of (1 x) n
36. (a) Show that the sum of the squares of the derivations of a set of values is minimum when taken about mean.
(b) If a variate X is expressed as a linear function of two variates U and V in the form X aU bV , then find the
mean X of X.
37. Find the variance of first n even numbers.
38. (a) If each observation of a raw data whose variance is 2 is multiplied by k then find the variance of new set.
(b) The median and standard deviation of a distribution are 20 & 4 respectively. If each item is increased by 2 then
find the new median & standard deviation.
39. (a) If coefficient of variation of a series is 50. Its S.D. is 21.2. Then find its arithmetic mean?
(b) The mean of two samples of sizes 200 and 300 were found to be 25, 10 respectively. Their standard deviations
were 3 and 4 respectively. Find the variance of combined sample of size 500.
40. The mean of n observations x1 , x2 , x3 , .... xn is X . If (a – b) is added to each of the observations, show that the mean of
the new set of observations is X ( a b ) .
41. The mean monthly salary of 10 members of a group is 1445, one more member whose monthly salary is Rs. 1500 has
joined in group. Find the mean monthly salary of 11 members of the group.
42. The sum of the deviations of a set of n values x1 , x2 , x3 , .... , xn measured from 50 is – 10 and the sum of deviations of
the values from 46 is 70. Find the value of n and the mean.
43. If X is the mean of 10 natural numbers x1 , x2 , x3 , .... , x10 . Show that ( x1 x ) ( x2 x ) ( x3 x ) .... ( x10 x ) 0 .
44. The mean of 200 items was 50. Later on, it was discovered that the two items were misread 92 and 8 instead of 192 and
88. Find the correct mean.
45. Thirty children were asked about the number of hours they watched TV programs in the previous week. The results were
as follows:
1 6 2 3 5 12 5 8 4 8
10 3 4 12 2 8 15 1 17 6
3 2 8 5 9 6 8 7 14 12
(i) Make a grouped frequency distribution table for this data, taking class width 5 and one of the class intervals as
5-10.
(ii) How many children watched television for 15 or more hours a week?
46. The mean of marks scored by 100 students was found to be 40. Later on it was discovered that a score of 53 was misread
as 83. Find correct mean.
n n
47. Find values of n and x in following case: ( xi 12) 10 and ( xi 3) 62
i 1 i 1
48. Find the median of following data: 41, 43, 127, 99, 61, 92, 71, 58, 51. If 58 is replaced by 85, what will be the new median.
49. The following observations have been arranged in ascending order. If the median of data is 63. Find the value of x. 29,
32, 48, 50, x, x + 2, 72, 78, 84, 95.
50. The mean height of 29 male workers is 71 cms and 31 female workers is 48 cms. Find the combined mean height of all
60 workers in the factory.
51. The price of a commodity is increased by 5% from 1997 to 1998, 8% from 1998 to 1999 and 53% from 1999 to 2000.
Find the average increase percent from the period 1997 to 2000.
52. The arithmetic mean of 4 observations was calculated as 22. It was later observed that one of the observations was
recorded a 14 instead of 40. Find the correct arithmetic mean.
53. The weighted arithmetic mean of 10 observations was 36. However, a particular observation was recorded as 60 instead
of 40. In what ratio should be the weights of correct and incorrect reading be so as to have no change in AM.
54. (a) The geometric mean of n items is G. If first term is kept same, second made twice, third made thrice….. and
so on, find the new mean.
(b) If each item is made n times, then prove that mean also becomes n times.
55. Show that the mean deviation from the mean of the A.P a, a d , a 2d ,...., a 2nd is independent of the common
difference of A.P.
56. If the observations x1 , x2 , x3 .... xn are changed to x1 y, x2 y, ... xn y where y is a positive or a negative number,
show that the variance remains unchanged.
57. The mean and standard deviation of one sample are respectively 54.8 and 8, the mean and standard deviation of another
sample are 50.3 and 7 respectively. The size of the first sample is 50 and that of the second is 100. Find the mean and
standard deviation of the composite sample (size 150) combining the above two samples.
58. The geometric mean of 6 observations was calculated as 11. If was later observed that one of the observation was recorded
as 1 instead of 64. Find the correct geometric mean.
59. The mean annual salaries paid to 1000 employees of a company was Rs. 5000. The mean annual salaries paid to male and
female employees were Rs. 200 and Rs. 4200 respectively. Determine the percentage of males and females employed by
the company.
60. If a vehicle covers the distance along four sides of a square with four speeds x, 2 x, 3 x and 4 x m / sec respectively, then
show that harmonic mean of speeds is better average than arithmetic mean and hence find the average speed.
61. The mean and standard deviation of a set of 100 observations were worked out as 40 and 5 respectively. But by mistake
a value 50 was taken in place of 40 for the observation. Recalculate the correct mean and standard deviation.
62. Prove that sum of squares of the deviations of a set of values is minimum when taken about mean.
63. Calculate the mean and standard deviation of the following distribution:
x : 2.5 7.5 7.5 12.5 12.5 17.5 17.5 22.5
f : 12 28 65 121
x : 22.5 27.5 27.5 32.5 32.5 37.5 37.5 42.5 42.5 47.5
f : 175 198 176 120 66
x : 47.5 52.5 52.5 57.5 57.5 62.5
f : 27 9 3
64. (a) The arithmetic mean and variance of a set of 10 figures are known to be 17 and 33 respectively. Of the 10 figures,
one figure (i.e., 26) was subsequently found inaccurate, and was weeded out. What is the resulting (a) arithmetic
mean and (b) standard deviation.
(b) The mean and standard deviation of 20 items is found to be 10 and 2 respectively. At the time of checking, it was
found one item 8 was incorrect. Calculate the mean and standard deviation if (i) the wrong item is omitted, and
(ii) it is replaced by 12.
(c) For a frequency distribution of marks in statistics of 200 candidates (grouped in intervals
0 –5, 5 – 10, …., etc.), the mean and standard deviation were found to be 40 and 15 respectively. Later it was
discovered that the score 43 was misread as 53 in obtaining the frequency distribution. Find the corrected mean
and standard deviation corresponding to the corrected frequency distribution.
65. The mean of 5 observations is 4.4 and variance is 8.24. It three of the five observations are 1, 2 and 6, find the other two.
66. (a) Scores of two golfers for 24 rounds were as follows:
Golfer A: 74, 75, 78, 72, 77, 79, 78, 81, 76, 72, 72, 77, 74, 70, 78, 79, 80, 81, 74, 80, 75, 70,71, 73
Golfer B: 86, 84, 80, 88, 89, 85, 86, 82, 82, 79, 86, 80, 82, 76, 86, 89, 87, 83, 80, 88, 86, 81, 81, 87
For which golfer may be considered to be a more consistent player?
(b) The sum and sum of squares corresponding to length X (in cms.) and weight Y (in gms.) of 50 tapioca tubers are
given below:
X 212, X 2 902.8
Y 261, Y 2 1457.6
Which is more varying, the length or weight?
67. (a) A frequency is distribution is divided into two parts. The mean and standard deviation of the first part are m1
and s1 and those of second part are m2 and s2 respectively. Obtain the mean and standard deviation for the
combined distribution.
(b) The means of two samples of size 50 and 100 respectively are 54.1 and 50.3 and the standard deviations are
8 and 7. Obtain the mean and standard deviation of the sample of size 150 obtained by combining the two
samples.
(c) A distribution consists of three components with frequencies 200, 250 and 300 having means 25, 10
and 15 and standard deviations 3, 4 and 5 respectively. Show that the mean of the combined group is 16 and its
standard deviation is 7.2 approximately.
68. In a certain test for which the pass marks is 30, the distribution of marks of passing candidates classified by sex (boys and
girls) were as given below:
Frequency
Marks
Boys Girls
30-34 5 15
35-39 10 20
40-44 15 30
45-49 30 20
50-54 5 5
55-59 5 –
Total 70 90
The overall means and standard deviation of marks for boys including the 30 failed were 38 and 10. The corresponding
figures for girls including the 10 failed were 35 and 9.
(i) Find the mean and standard deviation of marks obtained by the 30 boys who failed in the test.
(ii) The moderation committee argued that percentage of passed among girls is higher because the girls are very
studious and if the intention is to pass those who are really intelligent, a higher pass marks should be used for
girls. Without questioning the propriety of this argument, suggest what the pass mark should be which would
allow only 70% of the girls to pass.
(iii) The prize committee decided to award prizes to the best 40 candidates (irrespective of sex) judged on the basis
of marks obtained in the test. Estimate the number of girls who would receive prizes.
69. Find the mean and variance of first n-natural numbers.
70. In a frequency distribution, the n intervals are 0 to 1, 1 to 2, ….., (n – 1) to n with equal frequencies. Find the mean
deviation and variance.
71. If the mean and standard deviation of a variable x and m and respectively, obtain the mean and standard deviation of
( ax b ) / c, where a, b and c are constants.
72. In a series of measurements we obtain m1 values of magnitude x1 , m2 values of magnitude x2 , and so on. If x is the
mr (k xr )2
mean value of all the measurements, prove that the standard deviation is 2 where x k and k is
mr
any constant.
73. (a) Show that in a discrete series if deviations are small compared with mean M so that ( x / M ) 2 and higher powers
of ( x / M ) are neglected, prove that (i) MH G 2 (ii) M 2G H 0, where G is geometric mean and H is
harmonic mean.
(b) The mean and standard deviation of a variable x are m and respectively. If the deviations are small
compared with the value of the mean, show that
2 1 1 32
(i) Mean ( x ) m 1 2
8m (ii) Mean 1 approximately.
x m 8m2
2
(c) If the deviation X i xi M is very small in comparison with mean M and ( Xi / M ) and higher powers of
2( M G )
( X i / M ) are neglected prove that V where G is the geometric mean of the values x1 , x2 ,...., xn
M
and V is the coefficient of dispersion ( / M ).
74. From a sample of observations the arithmetic mean and variance are calculated. It is then found that one of the values,
x1 , is in error and should be replaced by x1 . Show that the adjustment to the variance to correct this error is
1 x x 2T
( x1 x1 ) x1 x1 1 1 where T is the total of the original results.
n n
75. Show that, if the variable takes the values 0, 1, 2, …., n with frequencies proportional to the binomial coefficients
n
C0 , nC1, nC2 , ...., nCn respectively then the mean of the distribution is (n/2), the mean square deviation about x 0
is n (n 1) / 4 and the variance is n/4.
76. (a) Let r be the range and s be the standard deviation of a set of observations x1 , x2 ,...., xn , then prove by general
reasoning or otherwise that s r.
1/ 2
1 n
(b) Let r be the range and S ( xi x ) 2 be the standard deviation of a set of observations
n 1 i 1
1/ 2
n
x1 , x2 ,...., xn , then prove that S r .
n 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A C A B C B D A C D
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B A C D A B A D ABCD ABC
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
AD AC AD ABD ABCD ACD CD CD BD BCD
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
[A-T] [B-R, S] [A-Q] [B-R]
2 0 5 1 0 4 5 7
[C-P, S] [D-T] [C-P] [D-T]
TRIGONOMETRY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B B D C A D B A C C
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
A A B B B B A A B B
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
D C B B D BC BD A ABD BD
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
AD CD BD ABC AB BD BD AB AD ABD
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
BD BD ABD ABCD ABCD ACD ABCD ABC BCD CD
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
BC ABC BC AC ABC AC AB ABD ABD 2
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
3 6 6 4 1 2 9 8 6 3
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
2 3 1 3 9 6 7 8 8 3
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89
1 2 2 7 9 16 65 1 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D D B D B B C B D A
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
D B C B C D AD BCD CD AB
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
ABD ABC AD AB CD AC BC ABCD BC ACD
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
[A-Q] [B-T] [A-T] [B-Q]
ABC BCD BC BC BD ABCD ABCD BD
[C-P] [D-R] [C-S] [D-P]
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
2 6 661750 289 69 352 0 2017 2018 4
COMPLEX NUMBERS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D A D A B B A B C B
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
D A A D C C A C C B
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
A D C ABC BD ABCD D BD BC AD
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
ABCD ABCD AB BD BC AB CD ABC AD BD
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
BD AB AC BC ABC CD ABCD AB ABD AB
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
AB AD CD BC ABC AD BD AC AB ABCD
61 62 63 64 65 66
AC AB CD [A-r] [B-s] [C-q] [D-p] [A-q] [B-s] [C-r] [D-p] [A – q ] [B-p] [C-r] [D-s]
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76
1 5 7 6 5 5 0 0 3 9
77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
1 0.414 0 6.25 1 0.20 10 1 1 10
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96
0.50 0 4 1 5 4.88 0.875 18.75 5 6.25
BINOMIAL THEOREM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D B A B B C D B D C
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
C D A AD ABCD BCD ABC BC CD ABCD
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
[A-P, Q] [B-R, T]
BCD CD ABC ACD AC CD ABC BD
[C-P, Q] [D-P, Q, S]
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
[A-T] [B-Q][C-S] [D-R] 2250000 21 1024 2252 13 1 1 2
39 40
1 3
STRAIGHT LINE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
C A D D C B B D C B
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B B A B B B B D B C
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
61 62 63 64 65 66
ABC ABCD ACD [A-p] [B-s] [C-q] [D-s] [A-q] [B-p] [C-s] [D-r] [A-s] [B-p] [C-q] [D-r]
67 68 69 70 71 72
[A-s] [B-p] [C-q] [D-r] [A-r] [B-p] [C-s] [D-q] [A-r] [B-s] [C-q] [D-p] 2 6 2
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82
7 6 8 2 2 3 13 3 9 16
83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92
3 1.80 4 3 16 24 6 4 5 7
93 94 95 96 97 98
4 2 5 12 27 9
CIRCLE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A B A B B A A B D B
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B A B A A C D C B D
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
B D d d d c c d BC AD
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69
70 71 72 73 74
[A-q] [B-p][C-t] [D-r] [A-r] [B-p][C-q] [D-q] [A-s] [B-q][C-t] [D-r] [A-r, B-s, C-p, D-q] [A-r, B-p, C-s, D-p]
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84
8 4 6 4 1 0 2 25 0.5 1.66
85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94
1 8 4 40 5 1 3 3 0 8
95 96 97 98 99 100 101
5 2 5 6 7 4 3
CONIC SECTION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A A B B B D B B B A
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B D A A A B A B C B
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
A C C D B A D B B A
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
B A C B AC BCD BD AD AC AC
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
CD ABCD AC AC AC ABC AC AC ABC AD
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
A ABC B ABCD AD BCD AB CD ABC BC
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
CD ABCD AB BD BCD AC ABD BC AD AC
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
ABD ABCD ABC BC BD BC AB AB AB D
81 82 83 84 85
[A-r] [B-s] [A-p, r] [B-p, q, r] [A-p,q,r,s] [B-p,q,r,s] [A-q] [B-q] [A-p, s] [B-q]
[C-p] [D-q] [C-q] [D-q, s] [C-q,r,s] [D-p] [C-s] [D-p] [C-r] [D-p, q, s]
86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95
A 1 4 1 2 1 6 3 4 8
96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105
4 2 0 0 3 6.33 2 4 80 2
106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115
4 2 8 3 3 1 3 3 1 4
116
1.32
FUNCTIONS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B D C C A A B A A B
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
A A B B C ACD AC ABC ABC ABCD
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
ABCD AD AC BD AB AD ABCD BCD CD
30 31 32 33 34 35 36
[A-s] [B-r] [C-q] [D-p] [A-r] [B-s] [C-p] [D-p] [i-c] [ii-d][iii-b] [iv-c] 2 3 22 5
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
8 4 2049 2 37 7 12 1
DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS-1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D D C A B D C C B B
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
A A B D A B C B B AB
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
AC AC AB AB AC AB AC ABD AD AC
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58
[A-p, q, r, s] [B-p, q, r, s]
BC BC AC BC BD ABC ABCD
[C-p, q, r, s] [D-r]
59 60 61 62 63 64
[A-s] [B-p] [C-p] [D-p] [A-s] [B-r] [C-q, r] [D-p] [A-p, q] [B-p, s] [C-q] [D-r, t] 1 1 6
65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74
1 8 2 2 4 8 5 3 4 1
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84
9 1.41 0 3 2 3 1 1.5 4 2
85 86 87 88 89 90
3.14 8 3 12.07 6 2
DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS-2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D B A B A D C A C D
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
D A D A D B B A A D
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
ABC AC AC BD ABCD AD AD B D D
61 62 63 64 65 66
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76
9 0 2 0 2 1 3 2 9 5
77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
4 2 3 5 1200 1 0 1 2 2
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94
2 0 5 9 9 3 48 0
INTEGRAL CALCULUS-1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
C D B A A B D A D D
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B C C A C B C D A B
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
CD CB BC BD AC ABC ABD BC AD
60 61 62 63 64 65 66
[A-p, q] [B-r, s] [A-r] [B-s] [A-s] [B-t]
1 4 2 3
[C-p] [D-p, q] [C-q] [D-p] [C-r] [D-q]
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76
0 2 1 10 6 4 3015 521 8 3
77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
87 88 89 90 91 92
INTEGRAL CALCULUS-2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A C C B C A C D C D
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B D C D C D D A D A
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
B D B D D D C B D B
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
ABC A,B,C C,D A,B,C CD A,B,D [A-s] [B-s] [C-r] [D-q] [A-r] [B-p] [C-s] [D-q]
79 80 81 82 83 84 85
[A-q] [B-r, s] [A-p, q] [B-p, q, r] [A-r] [B-p]
3 4 6 8
[C-p] [D-p] [C-q, s] [D- s] [C-q] [D-s]
86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95
153 61 10 4.14
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
C C B A A C C A A D
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B C C D B A C D B C
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
A C ABCD AB CD AB BC AD AB AB
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64
[A-u] [B-s] [A-r] [B-s] [A-r] [B-s] [A-q, s] [B-p] [A-q] [B-r]
[C-q] [D-p] [C-p] [D-q] [C-q] [D-p] [C-p] [D-q, r, s] [C-p] [D-s]
65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74
4 2 8 2 1 1 8 2 4 1
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84
8 1 1 1 3 1 3 7 8 8
85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93
2 3 2 5 62 8 1 1 0
VECTORS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D A B A D C C D A B
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B C C D C A A B A D
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
B B C D A C D B B A
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
A B C C A B A B D C
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
CD AB AC AC ABC ABCD AB BC ABC AC
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
BD BD AB AD ABCD AC BC AB CD AC
61 62 63 64 65 66
[A-q, r, s] [B-p, s] [A-r] [B-p] [C-s] [A-p, q, r, s] [B-p, q] [A-r, s] [B-q, r]
BC AC
[C-p, r] [D-p, q] [D-q] [C-p, r] [D-r] [C-q, r] [D-p, q, r]
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
[A-r] [B-p][C-p, q] [D-s] 5 9 3 1 6 7 5 0
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84
1 4 0 2 2 5/7 7 1 3 2
PROBABILITY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
C D D D D A B D C C
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B A B C D C B D D C
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
C A D A C B A C D C
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
A C A B ABCD ABC BD BC AD AD
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
61 62 63 64 65 66 67
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85
86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95
0.299 0.1054 0.422 0.018181 0.142857 1.35 0.1142 1.33 0.20 0.3488
96 97
0.9722 4.17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
C D C B C A D D A C
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
C A A C A B C D C C
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
B C A C B BCD ABC AB CD AD
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
AC BC AC A BCD AC ABC CD AC CD
61 62 63 64 65 66 67
68 69 70 71 72 73 74
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84
9 0 6 7 2 1 2.25 3 103 3
85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94
99 10 2 6 6 9 4 1 4 2
95 96 97 98 99 100
9 1 4 1 0 1
STATISTICS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A C A D D D A C B B
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
D A C D A C A C A C
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
D B D B D A B C A C
31 32 33 34
B C B B
SUBJECTIVE
35 36 37 38 39
41 42 44 45 46 47 48
1450 n = 26, mean=49.5 50.9 (ii) Two children 39.7 n 8, x 10.75 61.71
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 57
k 1 ( n 1) n X12 51.67;
62 59.12 24.50 19.5 6:1 (A) X
2 2n 1 12 7.6
58 59 60 61 63 64
n 1 n2 1 n2 1 n n2 1 1 a
u (ax b), M
x , 2 n is odd, M.D. = ; n is even, M.D. = ; Variance =
2 12 4n 4 12 c c